LIBRARY OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA

Miss Esther F. Greene

Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
 Anthon's Latin Grammah — P,
-

FIRST LATIN LESSONS,

•-

CONTAININO

THE XOST IMFORTANT PART8 OF THB

GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE,

TOOETHER

WITH APPROPRIATI EXERCISE8 IN TEE TRANB-

LATING AND WRITINO OF

LAT I N,

THE USB OF BEGINNERS.

CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D.,

8AT-PROFESSOR OF THR ORRRK ARD LATIR LANOUAOES IN COLUMBlA COLLIOB,

NEW-YORR, AND RRCTOS OF THE ORAMMAR-SCHOOL.

>

NEW-YORK:
HARPER & BROTHERS, 82 CLIFF-STREET.

1846.

Digitized by Google
 455783

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the yew 1838, by

Charles Anthon.
ui the Clerk's Offic* of the Southem District of New-YorM

Digitized by Google
 TO THE

REV. WILLIAM C. LARRABEE, A.M.,

PRINCIPAL OF THB MAINB WB8LEYAN 8BMINABY,

WHO HAS

RECOMMENDED HIMSELF TO THE FRIENDS OF LITERATURB

BY HI8 TALENT8 AND TIRTUES,

AND ESPECIALLY BY HIS UNTIRING LABOUR8 IN THE

CAUSE OF SOUND EDUCATION,

THIS WORK

18 RESFECTFULLY AND SINCERB Y DEDICATEDw

Digitized by Google
Digitized by Google
 PREFACE
TO THE SIXTH EDITION.

The object of the present work is to make the jpong

student practically acquainted, at each step of his prog-
ress, with those portions of the grammar which he may

from time to time commit to memory, and which re-

late principaUy to the declension of nouns and conju-

gation of verbs. The advantages which this system

has over the old method of teaching the Latin gram-
mar are so obvious as hardJy to require any particular
mention. By the old plan the student was required to
plod through his grammar several times before he was
allowed to enter on the process of translation, and, as
a natural consequence, he acquiied a disrelish for the
language on its very threshold, while many things were
continually escaping from his memory which might
have been firmly fixed there had something like the
present plan been adopted.
The work here offered to the public purposes to rem-
edy this evil. As soon as the beginner has mastered
some principle relative to the inflections of the lan-
guage, his attention is directed to exercises in transla-
tingand writing Latin, which call for a practical appli-
cation of the knowledge he may have thus far acquired
and in this way he is led on by easy stages, until he is
made thoroughly acquainted with all the important rules
that regulate the inflections of the Latin tongue.
The work ends with a brief sketch of Latin syntax,
the main object of which is to give the student merely
a general idea of this part of Latin grammar, prepar-

Digitized by
 PKEFACE.

atory to his entering on the Secand Part. This Second

Part forms a separate volume, and is arranged on a plan
closely resembling that of the present work, the object
being to make the student acquainted, by exercises in wri-
ting Latin, with not only the general principles, but also
the nicer points, of the Syntax of that tongue. These two
parts, therefore, willform a Grammar of the Latin Lan-
gvage, possessing this decided advantage over other gram-
mars, in its containing a complete course of exercises, which
have a direct bearing on each step of the studentfs prog-
ress ; while the subject of Prosody, which is crowded into
a corner of the ordinary school-grammars, will be found
discussed in a separate work just published. The author's
Latin Prosody, therefore, may not unaptly be regarded as
forming the third part of his Latin Lessons, and comple-
ting, in fact, his Grammar of the Latin Tongue.
The gramraatical portion of the present volume is

based upon the excellent work of Zumpt, as it appears

in the translation of Kenrick. The exercises have
been taken from some of the best collections prepa-
red by the scholars of Germany, and, wherever they
require any previous acquaintance with the Latin syn-
tax, such aid is always afforded at the outset.
It remains but to add that the vocabulary at the end

of the volume has been made as complete as possible,

and that several words that were omitted in preparing
it are now printed in the form of a supplement.

Columbia CoUege, New-York, i

Sept. 1, 1841. J

Digitized by Google
 CONTENTS.
Alphabet 1
Vowels and Diphthongs 1-2
Consonants 2
Parts of Speech 2
Noun 3
Declensions of the Noun 2
General rules for declension 3
First Declension 4-7
Exercises on the First Declension 8-11
Second Declension 12-16
Exercises on the Second Declension 17-20
First and Second Declensions of Adjectives . . . 20-23
Exercises on Adjectives 23-26
Third Declension 26-47
Remarks on the cases of the Third Declension . 47-52
Exercises on the Third Declension 52-63
Third Declension of Adjectives 63-68
Exercises on Adjectives of Third Declension . . 69-71
Fourth Declension 71-74
Exercises on the Fourth Declension 74-76
Fifth Declension 76-77
Exercises on the Fifth Declension 77-79
Heteroclites 81-82
Comparison of Adjectives 83-87
Exerciseson Comparison 87-92
Numerals 92-95
Exercises on the CardinaJ Numbers 96-98
Exercises on the Ordinal Numbers 99-101
Exercises on the Distributive Numbers .... 103-105
Pronouns 105-121
Exercises on the Pronouns . . , . . . . . 121-128
Verb 128-135
Conjugation of the Verb 135
Formation of the Tenses . , _ . . ._ . . . 136-141
Auxiliary Verb Sum 141-143
Exercises on Sum and 'Compounds
its 144-147
Firet Conjugation, Active Voice 148-151
 CONTENTS.

Exercises on the Active Voicc, First Conjugation . 151-155

First Conjugation, Passive Voice 155-159
Exercises on the Passive Voice, First Conjugation 159-162
Irregular Verbs of the First Conjugation .... 163-164
Exercises on Irregular Verbs, First Conjugation . 161-165
Deponent Verbs of the First Conjugation .... 166
Exercises on Deponents of the First Conjugation 166-167
.

Second Conjugation, Active Voice 168-171

Exercises on the Active Voice, Second Conjugation 171-174
Second Conjugation, Passive Voice 175-178
Exercises on the Passive Voice, Second Conjugation 178-180
Deponents of the Second Conjugation 181
Exercises on Deponents of Second Conjugation . 181-182
Third Conjugation, Active Voice 183-186
Exercises on the Active Voice, Third Conjugation 186-190
Third Conjngation, Passive Voice 190-193
Exercises on the Passive Voice, Third Conjugation 193-195
Exercises on Deponents of the Third Conjugation 196-197
Fourth Conjugation, Active Voice 198-201
Exercises on the Active Voice, Fourth Conjugation 201-203
Fourth Conjugation, Passive Voice 203-206
Exercises on the Passive Voice, Fourth Conjugation 207-208
Exercises on Deponents of the Fourth Conjugation 208-209
Remarks on the Conjugations 210-213
Exercises on the Gerunds and Supines .... 213-215
Exercises on the Gerundives . , , ,, , . . 216-218
Irregular Verbs 219-227
Exercises on the Irregular Verbs 227-230
Defective Verbs 237-240
Exercises on the Defective Verbs 240-242
Impersonal Verbs 242-244
Adverbs . 244-245
Exercises on Adverbs 245-247
Prepositions 247-250
Exercises on Prepositions 256-259
Conjunctions 259-261
Exercises on Conjunctions 261-263
Interjections 263-264
Sketch of Latin Syntax 264-277
Dictionary 279-363
 LATIN LESSONS

I. ALPHABET.
I. The Latin alphabet is the same as the English, exccpt
in itswanting the w, and also the capital y.
II. The w can only be used when modern names are to

be expressed in Latin. The smaller y occurs merely in

words derived immediately from the Greek; as, syllaba,
Cyrus, and corresponds to the Greek upsilon or u.

III. The reason of no capital

y appearing in Latin is
simply this : every Greek word beginning with an upsilon
has that upsilon aspirated, that is, pronounced as if com-
mencing with an h ; hence no word in Latin can begin
with a y, but must always commence with hy.
IV. H is only an aspiration, and therefore, when joined
with a consonant, does not lengthen the preceding vowel.
V. J and v were written by the Latins with the same
ietters as the vowels i and u, namely, I and V, but were
%
distinguisked in pronunciation.
VI. K became a supernuous letter, C having supplied its

place ; but it still continued to be employed in a few words,

when followed by the vowel a, as, for example, in Kalenda.
VTL Z occurs only in words derived from the Greek.

n. VOWELS AND DIPHTHONGS.

I. Six of the letters are vowels, namely, a, e, j, o, u, y
the remainder are consonants.
II. The vowels are combined into eight diphthongs,
namely, ae, oe, ai, ei, oi, ui, au, eu.

III. The diphthongs ei, oi, ui, occur, however, only in a

l

Digitized by Google
2 CONSONANTS. PARTS OF SPEECH.

few words, chiefly interj/ctions, as hci, eia, oiei, hui, and

when dein, proin, huic, cui, are contracted into one syllable,

as they commonly are in verse. The diphthong ei was

written for the long t in heic (for hic, "here"), and queis
(for quis, i. e., quibus), and in those accusatives plural of the
third declension which are formed in is ; as, omneis, arteis,

for omnes, artes.

IV. The diphthong yi, occurring, for example, in Har*
pyia (three syllables), is nothing more than the Greek ui (vi)

III. DIVISION OF CONSONANTS.

I. The consonants are divided into semi-vowels and mutcs.
II. The semi-vowels are /, l, m, n, r, s, v ; the remaining
consonants are mutes, and are so called because they can-
not be formed without an interruption of the sound by the
closing of the lips, on which account they always need an
accompanying vowel in order to be fully enunciated.
III. Four of the semi-vowels, namely, l, m, n, r, are

called liquids, from the ease with which, in pronunciation,

they follow other consonants.
IV. X and Z are double consonants, the former bein*
equivalent to cs, ks, or gs, and the latter to ds.
V. The consonants, exclusive of the liquids, are divided,
according to the organ by which they are enunciated, irito

labials, palatals, and dentals.

VI. The labials are formed bythe lips,and are v,b,p,f.
The palatals are formed by the tongue against the roof of
the mouth, and are g, c, k, q. The dentals are formed by
the tongue against the teeth, and are d, t.

IV. PARTS OF SPEECH.

I. There are nine parts of speech in Latin, five of which
admit of inflection, that is, are either declined or conjugated ;

the remaining four admit of no inflection.

II. The parts of speech which admit of inflection are the
Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Vcrb; Participle, of which the

Digitized by Google
 NOUN 3

noun, adjective, pronoun, and ^articiple are declined, and

the verb is conjugated.
III. The parts of speech which admitof no inflection are
the Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction, and Interjection.

V. THE NOUN.
I. The Noun is name of any person, place, or thing.
the
II. Nouns are of two kinds, Proper and Common. Prop-
er nouns are the names of individual men or other objects.
Common nouns aTe those which denote a whole class of
objects, and can only be applied to individuals so far as they
belong to that class.
III. Nouns have three genders, the Masculine, Feminine f

and Neuter.
IV. The cases are six in number, namely, the Nomina-
tive, Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Vocative, and Ablative.

V? There are two numbers, namely, the Singular and

Plural.
"
' "
VI. DECLENSION OF THE NOUN.
I. Declension is the varying of a noun by cases and
numbers.
II. There are five declensions, distinguished from each
other by the termination of the genitive singular. Thus,
The genitive of the first declension ends in ae
" " second " " t;
« .
" third " " is;
« " fourth " " us;
" " fifth
" . " ei.

IH. The following general rules, regulating the different

declensions, must be carefully remembered.

OENERAL RDLES.
1 . Nouns of the neuter gender have the nominative, ac-
cusative, and vocative alike in both numbers, and these
cases in the plural end always in a.
2. The vocative singular, except in Greek nouns in as

Digitized by Google
4 FIRST DECLENSION.

and es of the first, and in some nouns of the second, is

like the nominative; but in the plural the vocative

and nominative are alike in all the declensions.
3. The accusative singular ends, where no exception
arises from neuters, in m. Thus we have in the dif-
ferent declensions,

12 1/771,
3
€171,
4
U77lj
5
6171.

4. The genitive plural ends always in um, and hence we

have in the difTerent declensions,

1 2 3 4 5
drum, drum, um, uum, erurru

5. The dative plural has the same termination as the ab-

lative plural in all the declensions. The ending in the
different declensions are as follows

1 2 3 4 5

r
\s, %sf

VII.
ibus, tbus or ubus,

FIRST DECLENSION.
ebus.

+
I. Nouns of the rlrst declension end in a, e, as, and es.

II. Those nouns of this declension that end in a are of

Latin origin, the remainder are Greek.
III. Nouns in a have the following terminations in the
different cases of the singular and plural.

Singular. Plural
Nom. a, &c. Nom. as.

Gen. Gen. drum.

Dat. m. Dat. is.

Acc. am. Acc. as.

Voc. & Voc. CB.

Abl. d. Abl. ts.

Digitized by
 FIRST DECLENSION. 5

Singular.
N. Mens-a, a table.

G. Mens-se, of a table.
u. iviens-a;, to or for a table.
ACC. iviens-am, a table.
vv • iviens-a, oh table!
AL
AD. Mens-a, with, from, in, or by a table.

Plural.
N Mens-ffi, tables.
G. Mens-arum of tables.
D. Mens-Is, to oifor tables.
Acc. Mens-as, tables.

V. Mens-se, oh tables !
Ab. Mens-Is, with,from, in, or by tables.*

IV. Some feminine nouns have abus in the dative and

ablative plural instead of is
; as, deabus, filidbus, and this

ending in abus serves to distinguish them from their cor-

responding masculines in us of the second declension,
which have the dative and ablative plural ending in is
The following are some of these nouns :
!

Dea, a goddess. 1 S 8 Deu8 > a god.

f
Filia, a daughter. | Filius, a son.
Equa, a mare. * § I Equus, a horse.
Mula, a she-mule. . J Mulus, a mule.
Asina, a ske-ass. U£ Asmus, an ass.
]

Nata, a daughter. Natus, a son.

Anima,
|J
the soul. .5 Animus, the mind.
Famula, a maid-servant. & t Famulus, a man-servant.

1. Theseare, in fact, veiy old forms, since, in the earlier periods of the
Janguage, the termination bus was common to datives and ablatives
in
all the declensions. In good prose writers, however, the form is of dea,
filia, equa, and mula is the more common, especially if an adjective
be
joined with it, as mfiliis duabus, for this removes all the ambiguity.

Digitized by Google
6 FIRST DECLENSION

V. The terms ambo, " both," and duo, " two," have like-
wise dbus in the dative and ablative plural ; as, ambdbus,
dudbus.
VI. After nouns in a, we proceed to consider those in
as, es, and e, which we have already said are of Qreek origin.
VII. Nonns in as and es are masculine, those in e femi
nine.
VIII. The declension of nouns in as is as follows

Singular.
N. Tiar-as, a turban.
G. Tiar-ae, of a turban.
D. Tiar-ae, to or for a turban.
Acc. Tiar-am or -an, a turban*
V. Tiar-a, oh turbanl
,Ab. Tiar-a, witk,from, by, or in a turban

Plural.

N. Tiar-ae, turbans.
G. Tiar-arum, ofturbans.
D. Tiar-Is, to ojfor turbans.
Acc. Tiar-as, turbans.
V. Tiar-ae, oh turbans!
Ab. Tiar-Is, with,from, in, or by turbans

IX. Nouns in es are declined as follows :

Singular.
N. Comet-es, a comet.
G. Comet-83, pf a comet.
D. Comet-ae, to or for a comet.

^&CC. Comet-en, a comet.

V. Comet-e, oh cometl
Ab. Comet-e, withjfrom, in, or by a comct

Digitized by Google
 FIRST DECLENSION. 1

Plural.
ivr
JN. Comet-ae, comets.
VT. v>omei-arum. oj comets.
D. Comet-is, to orfor cotnets.

Acc Comet-as, comets.

V. Comet-ae, ok comets!
Ab. Comet-is, with,from, in, or by comets.

X. In the same way are to be declined such proper

riames as Anchxses, gen. Anehism ; Thersites, gen. Thersi
t<B 9 &c, except that they want the plural.
XI. Nouns in e are declined as follows :

Singular.
N. Epitom-e, an epitome.
G. Epitdm-es, of an epitome.
D. Epitom-e, to or for an epitome.
Acc. Epitom-en, an epitome.
Y. Epitom-e, oh epitome
Ab. Epitom-e, with,from, by, or in an epitome.

Plural.
N. Epitom-ae, epitomes.
6. Epitom-arum, of epitomes.
D. Epit6m-i8, to oxfor epitomes.
Acc. Epitom-as, epitomes.
V. Epitom-ae, oh epitomes !

Ab. Epitom-is, withyfrom, in, or by epitomes.

Xlf. In the same way are to be declined such propei

nouns as Peneldpe, gen. Penelopes, &c.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION.

VIII. EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION.

Preliminary Rules. 1
1. Substantives referring to the same thing agree in
case; as, Cicero orator, " Cicero the orator Urbs
Athena, " the city Athens."
2. One substantive governs another in the genitive when
they refer to different things ;
as, Timor Dei, " the
fear ofGod ;" Lex natura, " the law of nature."
3. Any verb may have the same case after it as before
it, when both words refer to the same thing as, Jus- ;

titia est virtus, " Justice is a virtue ;" Cicero vocatur

orator, " Cicero is called the orator."
4. A verb signifying actively governs the accusative;
as, amo Deum, " I love God ;" habemus divitias, " we
have riches."
5. The preposition in governs the ablative when motion
or rest in a place is signified ; non sunt in
as, diviti<B

pecunia sed in sapientid, " riches consist not in money,

but in wisdom."

Vocabulary.

Est He, she, or it is.

sunt They are.

erat He, she, or it was.

erant They were.
fuit He, she, or it has been, or was?
fuerunt They have been, or were.
habet He, she, or it has.

habent They have.

et and.

1. Afew rules are here anticipated, in order to serve as a basis for the
exercises in the different declensions. The same remark applies to the
short vocabulary which follows immediately after.
2. When/uii has the meaning of " has been," it is called the perfeet
when it signifies «» was," it is the aorist. And so of fuerurU.

Digitized by Google
 BXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSJON. 9

In what number8 and cases are the following words found T

Cura! BeUuae. Semita. Animabus. Tydldes.
Cura. BeUua. Penelopen. Filiam. Priamlden.
Cura. Vitae. Boream. Mida! Tydid».
Curam. Vitis. Borean. Aloes. Alclda.
Curarum. JEneam. Therslte ! Rhetoricen. Pyriten.
Cura) ! Crambes. Thersite. Rhetorlces. Musa

II.

Translate the fbllowing, and mention at the same time

where they are found.
Ala, " a wing," GaUina, " a hen,"
alas, gaUihas,
alis, galllnam,
alam, Efalllnae

alarum, Insula, " an island"

ala, insulae,
ala. insulis,

Aqua, " tvater" insularum.

aquam, Ripa, " a bank,"
aquarum, ripis,
Nii» w •
aqua ripam,
aquis. npa!
Alauda, " a lark," Agricola, " afarmer"
alau<iis, agricolas,

alaudas, agricolarum,
alaudae agricolae,

AnguiUa, " an eel" agricolae

anguiUarum, Occa, " a harrow"
anguiUa! occa!
anguillis. occa.
Scriba, " a seribe" Penna, "afeather or pen "
scriba, pennas,
Bcribis, pennis,
•cribae. penna.

Digitized by
 10 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION.

III.

Convert the following into Latin, and narae the case

and number as in the previous exercise.
(Musca, " a fly"), (Aquila, " an eagle"), (Vita, " life"),
oh flyl by eagles, oh life!
with a fly, with an eagle, of lives,
offlies, to an eagle, in life,

ofafly, to eagles, lives,

toafly, oh eagles! of life,

with flies. eagles. with life.

(Via, " a way"), (Ara, " an altar"),

oh ways ! of altars,
oh way! to an altar,
with ways, altars,

with a way, ofan altar,

ofways, oh altar!
of a way. with an altar.

IV.
Translate the folloWing, and explain the agreement or
*
government in each clause or phrase.
Ripam insulae. —Ripis insularum.—Ripae irisul» !
—GalH-
nis agricolarum. — Alis galllnarum agricolae. —Pennae alae

—Penna
alaudae. — scribae !
Ajas alaudarum. —Pennae ala-

rum! —Pennas alarum alaucfe* et gallinae. — Occis agri-

colarum. — Occae — Anguilla
agricolae ! aquae. — Anguilla
—Anguilla aquarum —
aquae. !
Agricolae et scribae — !
GalllnaB
agricolarum. — Occarum agricolarum. — Galllnae agricola-
rum —Aquila
!
—Musca
insulae. —Viam aquae !
vitae. — Via-
rum vitae.-<-Vita et ara.

Anglia est insulau— Columba est amlca munditiae. —Aqufla

est incola silvae. —Columbae sunt amicae —Aquilae munditiae.
sunt incolae silvarum. —Anglia, Corsica sunt
Sicilia, et in- .

sulae. —Astraea dea

fuit —Alaudae columbae hab-
justitiae. et

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST BECLENSION. 11

ent caudas. —Januae et portae habent seras.—Vita agrico-

larum est magistra diligentiae et parsimoniae. —In aqua sunt
insulae.—Ranee sunt incplae aquae et terr*.— pa-
India est
tria gemmarum. —Pieria fuit provincia Macedoniae. — Pieria
provincia Macedoniae fuit patria Musarjim. — ha-
Agricolae
bent vaccas, columbas, galllnas et occas. —In fossis silva-
rum est aqua^In cullnis sunt ollae et patlnae. — Graecia est
patria gloriae et sapientiae. — Graecia, patria gloriae et sapien-
nae, est peninsula. —Persae et Scythae erant incolae Asiae.
Pugnae et victoriae Persarum et Scytharum, incolarum
Asiae. —Columba, amica munditiae, est praeda aquilae, incolae
silvarum. —In silvis Asiae sunt lupae, leaenoe et simiae ; in
aulis agricolarum sunt gallinae, coJumbae et vaccae.

V.

Convert the following examples of ungrammatical Latin

into grammatical, so as io suit the English words opposite

Diana uas tke daughter q/IDiana sum^filia Latona.

Latona.
Asia and Europe are penin- Asia et Europa sum peninsu-
sulas. la.

There are thorns to roses. Rosa sum spina.

There are wings to eagles. Aquila sum ala.

The scribes have pens. Scriba habeo penna.

History and philosophy are Historia et philosophia sum
teachers of unsdom andjug- magistra sapientia et justi-

tice. tia.

In the island is a poetess. In insula sum poetrla.

To the doors are bolts. Janua sum sera.
The owl ts a friend of darh- Noctua sum amica tenSbrae.
ness. (Pl)
Tke money of the maid-servant Pecunia famula sum in latS-

is in a lurking-place in the brae (pL) in silva.

woods.

Digitized by Google
12 8EC0ND DECLENSION*
-

IX. SECOND DECLENSION.

I. Nouns of the second declension end in er,jr9 ur9 ust
um 9 os, and on.
II. The terminations os and on belong to Greek nouns.
III. Nouns in um and on are neuter, the rest are masculine.
IV. The terminations of this declension are as follows :

Terminations.
Singular. Plural.
N. er9 tr, ur, us 9 um 9
os 9 on. N. -i, in the neuter
G. -i. G. -drt/ro.

D. -o. D. -w.
Acc. -um, -on. Acc. -6s9 in the neuter -a.

V. or like nominative. V. -i, in the neuter -a

Ab. -d. Ab. -w.
V. Nouns in us form the vocative in e. The rest have it

like the nominati^a,

VI. Originally, i& of the nouns in er, ir, wr, ended in us9
and, consequently, all Originally made e in the vocative. But
in the course of time many dropped the ending us from the
nominative, and along with it Z from the vocative.
VII. Most nouns in er reject e before r in the oblique
cases ; as, ager 9 gen. agri 9 &c. Others are declined by
adding the terminations of the cases to the nominative ; as,
puer, gen. puer-i, &c.

Examples.
Ager, " afield."
Singular.
N. Ager, a field.
G. Agr-T, of afield.
D. Agr-6, to oxfor afield.
Acc. Agr-um, afield.
V. Ager, oh fieldl
Ab. Agr-o, with, <fec, a field

Digitized by
 SECOND DECLENSION. 13

Plural.
N. Agr-I, fields.
6. Agr-orum, offields.
U. Agr-Is, to or for fields.

Agr-os, fields.
V. Agr-I, oh fields!
Ab. Agrts, with, &c.,fields.

Puer, M a boy."

S, rti cnilnr
U.KX/ •

N. Puer. /7
\* hoi/.
VJU u•

6. Puer-i, of a boy.
D. Puer-o, to or for a boy.
Acc. Puer-um, a boy.
V. Puer, oh boyl
Ab. Puer-6, with f
&c, a boy.

Plural.

N. Puer-I, boys.
6. Puer-orum, ofboys.
D. Puer-Is, to or for boys.
Acc. Puer-os, boys.
V. Puer-I, oh boys !

Ab. Puer-Is, xvithy &c, boys

Vir, '* a man."

Singular.

N. Vir, a man.
G. Vfr-I of a man.
D. Vir-o, to orfor a man.

Acc. Vfr-um, a man.

V. Vir, oh man!
Ab. V&-5, with, &c, a man

Digitized by Google
14 SECOND DECLENSION

Plural
TV VTr-T UlXsi*.

G. Vir-orum, of men.
D. Vlr-Is, to oifor men.

Acc. Vlr-6s, men.

V. Vir-I, oh men!
Ab. Vir-Is, with, &c, men.

Gladius, " a sword."

Singular.
Gladi-us, a sword.
G Gladi-I, of a sword.
D Gladi-o, to or for a sword.

Acc. Gladi-um, a sword.

V. Gladi-e, oh sword!
Ab. Gladi-o, with y &c, a sword
Plural.
IM
IN. Gladi-I, swords.
G. Gladi-orum, ofswords.
D. Gladi-Is, to or for swords.
Acc. Gladi-os, swords.
V. Gladi-I, oh swords!
Ab. Gladi-Is, with, &c, swords.

VII. Neuters in um are declined in the same way as

nouns in us, except that they have the termination & in the
nominative, accusative, and vocative plural and the voca-
;

tive singular like the nominative and accusative.

Scamnum, " a bench.

Singular.
N. Scamn-um, a bench.
G. Scamn-I, ofabench.
D. Scamn-o, to or for a bench.
Acc Scamn-um, a bench.
V. Scamn-um, oh bench!
Ab. Scamn-o, with, &c, a bench.

Digitized by
 SECOND DZCLEN8ION. 15

Plural.
m m
N. Scamn-a, benches.
G. Scamn-oruin, of benches.
D. Scamn-Is, to or for benches.

Acc. Scamn-a, benckes.

V. Scamn-a, oh benches!
Ab. Scamn-Is, with, &c, benches.

IX. The genitive of words in ius and ium was not

formed in ii in the best age of the Latin language, but in t

alone ; as, TtiUius, gen. Tulli ; mancipium, gen. mancipu

X. Substantives in ius, if they are proper names, as Ftr-
gilius, Terentius, Tuttius, make the vocative in t ; as, Vtr-
w
gili, Terenti, Tulli; so also do filius, " a son, and genius,
"a genius," asfili, geni.
XI. Other substantives in ius, and proper names that con-
tinue adjectives, form the vocative in e ; as,gladie, Delie, &c.
XII. Deus makes the vocative like the nominative ; as,

Oh Deus !
XIII. The genitive plural of some words, especially those
which denote value, measure, and weight, is commonly

formed in um instead of orum; particularly nummum, ses

tertium, modium, &c.
XIV. Deus has in the nominative plural three forms, dei,
dii, and di ; and three forms also in the dative and ablative

plural, deis, diis, and dis.

X. GREEK NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION.

I. Greek nouns in os are declined like the Latin nouns
in us, except that they make the accusative end in on in-
stead of um. Thus :

Singular.
N. Del-os, Delos.
G. Del-i, of Delos.
D Del-6, to oxfor Delos.

Acc Del-on, Delos.

V. Del-e, oh Delos
Ab. Del-6, with, &c, Delos.

Digitized by Google
16 SECOND DECLENSION.

Singular.

N. Tened-os, Tenedos.
6. Tened-i, of Tenedos.
D. Tened-o, to or for Tenedos.

Acc. Tened-on, Tenedos.

V. Tened-e, oh Tenedos !

Ab. Tened-o, with 9 &c, Tenedos.

II. Greek nouns in eus (evg) are declined two ways.

Either the eus is pronounced as one syilable, and then the
declension belongs to the third ; or else eus is pronounced
as eus, two syllables, and the manner of declining is like
that of Latin nouns in us. In both modes of inflecting,
however, the vocative ends in eu. Thus :

Singular.

N, Orph-eus, Orpheus.
G. Orph-eos, ;
of Orpheus.
D. Orph-eJ, to orfor Orpheus.

Acc. Orph-ea, Orpheus.

V. Orph-eu, oh Orpheus!
Ab. Orph-eo, with, <fec, Orpheus.

Singular.

N. Orphe-us, Orpheus.
Q. Orphe-I, of Orpheus.
D. Orphe-o, to orfor Orpheus.

Acc. Orphe-um, Orpheus.

V. Orph-eu, oh Orpheus!
Ab. Orphe-6, with, &c, Orpheus.

III. The preferable mode of declining, for prose, is Or-

pM-us, gen. Orphi-i, &c The other mode is poetical.

Digitized by
 EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 17

XI. EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION.

L
In what numbers and cases axe the following words found ?

Anlmus. Servos. Paron. Denarium. Ilion.

Anime. Servo. Legatum. Deus Persea.
Animos. Serve. Antro. Oppida. Donorum.
Anlmi ! Bella. Idomeneu Duumvlrum
Ammum. Bella! Athon. Arbitri. Negotia.
Animi. Hoxati ! Phalereum. Idomeneos.
Animis. Horati. Phalerea. Generi. Idomenel.

II.

Translate the following, and mention, at the same time

where they are found.

Nidus, " a nest" Corvus, " a raven?

nidum, corve,
nide! corvi
nidos, corvos,
nidis, corvis,
nidi corvo,
nidorum, corvi,
nidi, corvorum,
nido. corvum.
Populus, " a poplar" Liber, " a book?
populo, libro,

populi librorum,
popuJorum, libris.

popiile. Pratum, "a meadow,"

Ovum, " an egg? prata,
ova prata!
ova, pratorum,
ovo. prati.
2*

Digitized by Google
 18 EXERCISES ON THB SECOND DECLENSION.
>

III.

Convert the following into Latin, and name the case

and number, as in the previous exercise.

(Fluvius, " a rivcr"). (Remus, " an oar"), oh Lucretius!

of a river, of oars, of Septimius.
with rivers, with oars, oh Menoeceust
•

oh rivers! with an oar, of Paros.

with a river, of an oar. to Ilium.

to a river, (Aper, " a boar"), to Ceos.

to rivers. oh boar! in Cos.

(Somnium, " a dream"), of a boar, oh Laertius f

oh dream! of boars, oh son!

N
to dreams, witk a boar. of a genius.
in a dream, (Servus, " a slave"), oh genius !

of dreams, of a slave, of Terentius.

in dreams. oh slaves ! oh Terentius !

IV.
Translate the following, and explain the agreement or
government in each clause or phrase.
Nidum corvi. —Nidi corvorum. —Nidos
—Nide corvi! et
ova corvorum. —Nidis corvorum. —Nidos merula-
et ovis

rum ova alaudarum. — Corvos

et —Popu-
et aquilas silvarum.

lorum —Prata
in ripis fluviorum. agricolarum. et aratra

Populis pratorum. —Popule —Pratum — pu-

prati !
viri !
Libri
eri.—Libros puerorum.— puerorum
Libris virorum. et
Liber —Equi
pueri. et —Coelum, thrdne
asini ungulae.
Dei — ! rostrum. — Monumenta Teucri, Alexandri,
Aquilae et
Phalereos.
Nilus —^Egyptus
est fluvius. —Can-
est patria pestilentiae.

cer insectum. —Nilus

est ^Egypti. — Cancri sunt
est fluvius

insecta.—In jEgypti, sunt

Nilo, fluvio hippo- crocodili et
potami. — Cancro sunt apro chelae, —Terra habet sunt setae.
figuram —Mercurius,
globi. nuntius deo-
filius Maiae, fuit
nun. — Rivi sunt domicilia cancrorum,
et fluvii apro- silvae

Digitized by Google
 EXBRCISBS ON THE SECOND DECLEN3ION. 19
o
mm. — Mercurio, nuntio deorum, caduceus.—Rhenus fuit et
Danubius sunt Europae. —Rhene,
fluvii Germaniae fluvie !

Lucreti, poeta Romae ! —Fabri habent scalpra et malleos.

In officinis fabrorum sunt mallei et scalpra ; in bibliothecis
doctorum sunt libri. —In campo sunt herbae et plantae, in
horto sunt mali, piri et cerasi ; in silva sunt fagi, fraxini, et
—Orpheu, poeta
tiliae. Graeciae !
—Vir est praesidium patriae.
— habent equos,
Agricolae asinos, porcos, agnos, vaccas,
columbas.—
gallinas, et Virgfli, poeta Mantuae ! —Socer est
amlcus generi, et gener soceri. —In Co insula sunt campi,
prata, fluvii, herbae et plantae. —Terenti, Properti, et Tibulle,
poetae Romanorum—Mercuri, !
nuntie deorum fili Maiae, !

Tergum, collum, brachium, sunt membra. —

et Vitia, Ido-

meneu sunt morbi animi. — Uvae

! vinum aucturani sunt et
dona —Mala,
Liberi. sunt gaudium puero-
pTra, et cerasa,
rum. — Trevlri sunt Germani. — Memoria beneficium est dei,
domini —Malo sunt mala, sunt
cceli et terrae. ce- plro pira,
raso sunt — sunt domicilia cervorum, luporum,
cerasa. Silvae
ursorum, luparum, merularum, aquilarum. —Domine et cceli

et terrae—Thebae sunt
!
Pindari. patria

V.
Convert the following examples of ungrammatical Latin
into grammatical, so as to suit the English woTds opposite.

Drusus was the son of Tibe- Drusus sum filius Tiberius.

rius.

Oh Tiberius, tyrant and mon- Tiberius, tyrannus et mon

ster strum.
Bacchus was god of wine. Bacchus sum deus vinum.
the

To Corinth, a town of Greece, Corinthus, oppidum Graecia,

there was a theatre. sum theatrum.
Ploughs are the instruments Aratrum sum instrumentum
offarmers. agricola.

Stars are the ornaments of Astrum sum ornaraentum ca>

heaven. lum.

Digitized by Google
20 ADJECTIVES.

Javelins were the weapans of Pilum sum telum Romanus.

the Ilomans.
Wars are evils and causes of Bellum sum malum et causa

tears. laeryma.
Haofs are the arms of the Ungula sum arma equus.
•
horse.
The apple of discord was the Pomum discordia sum causa
cause of the ruin of Troy. excidium Troja.
The eyelids are the coverings Palpebra sum tegumentum
of the eyes. oculus.
Brooks and rivers are the ali- Rivus et fluvius sum aliment-
ment of meadows and gar- um pratum et hortus.

dens.

XII. ADJECTIVE.
I. The adjective denotes quality, and is either joined
with a substantive or pronoun in the sentence, or refers to
some one understood.
II. Some adjectives have different terminations for all
three genders. Some have one for the masculine and fem-
inine, and another for the neuter. Some again have only
one (in most of their cases) for all the genders.
III. Adjectives have two declensions, namely, thefirst and
second, forming one combined declension, and the third.

IV. Adjectives of the jirst and second declension follow

the terminations of the first and second declensions of nouns.

V. Adjectives of the third declension follow the termina-

tions of the third declension of nouns.

XIII. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION OF ADJEC-

TIVES.
I. Adjectives of this declension are of three terminations,
namely, *us or -er for the nominative singular masculine,
a for the feminine, and -um for the neuter ;
as,

M. F. N.
Nom. Magn-us, Magn-a, Magn-um, "great."
Ten-er, Tener-a, Tenir-um 9 "tender."

Digitized by Google
 ADJECTIVES 21

II. The termination in -er was, ih early Latin, -erus, as

tenerus ; so that, at one period of the language, the ending
in -us marked the nominative singular masculine of all the
adjectives of this declension.
III. Hence it becomes plain why tenerus, afterward
changed to tener, makes tener-a in the feminine and tener-
um in the neuter. And so of the other adjectives in r.
1

IV. The following adjectives in er reject e before r in

declinine : namelv.

Mger, atgr-a, <Bgr-um, " sick."

Ater, atr-a, atr-um, " coal-black."
Creber, crebr-a, crebr-um, " frequent."
Macer, macr-a, macr-um, " lean."
Niger, nigr-a, nigr-um, " black."
Pulcher, pulchr-a, pulchr-um, " fair."
Ruber, rubr-a, rubr-um, " red."
Sacer, sacr-a, sacr-um, " sacred."

Scaber, scabr-a, scabr-um, " rough."

Tatter, tatr-a, t<Btr-um, " foul"

Vafer, vafr-a, vafr-um, "cunning."

Sinister, sinistr-a, sinistr-um, " left."

V. Miser, " wretched," and the other adjectives in er

exclusive of those mentioned in the previous paragraph,

retain the e before r. Dexter, " right," sometimes retains
the e and sometimes rejects it. Sinister, " left," always

rejects it.

1. The same remark will apply to nouns in ert tr, and ur of th«
second declension. These all ended originally in us, as Alexander-u$
(compare the Greek *MKe^avdp-oc) y vir-us, &c., and hence the termina
tion in t of the genitive singular, like other nouns in us. In forming
the genitive in t some of these nouns in r retained the preceding e, but
the greater number dropped it. The case is just the reverse with the
adjective, the greater number retaining the e. Many of the so-called
nouns in r, however, of the second declension are, in fact, only adiec-
tives, with a noun understood.

Digitized by
22 ADJECTIVE8.

EXAMPLES.
M. F. N.
Magn-us, Magn-a, Magn-um, *'
Great"

Singular.
Masc. Fem. Neut.
N. Magn-us, Magn-a, Magn-um, great.
G. Magn-I, Magn-ae, Magn-I, ef great.
D. Magn-6, Magn-ae, Magn-5, to orfor great.

Ac. Magn-um, Magn-am, Magn-um, great.

V. Magn-e, Magn-fi, Magn-um t
oh greatl
Ab. Magn-6, Magn-a, Magn-6, with, &c.,great

Plural.
Masc. Fem. Neut.
N. Magn-T, Magn-ae, Magn-a,
great.
G. Magn-orum, Magn-arum, Magn-orum, of great.
D. Magn-Is, Magn-Is, Magn-Is, to orfor great.
Ac. Magn-ds, Magn-as, Magn-a, great.
V. Magn-I, Magn-ae, Magn-a, oh great!
Ab. Magn-Is, Magn-Is, Magn-Is, with, &c.,great.

Miser, MXser-a, Mtser-um, " Wretched."

Singular.
Masc. Fem. Neut.
N. MTser, Mlser-a, Mlser-um, wretched.
G. Miser-I, Miser-ae, MTser-i, of wretched.
D. MTser-6, Miser-ae, Mlser-6, to or for wretched
Ac. Miser-um, Mlser-am, Mlser-um, wretched.
V. Mlser, Miser-a, Mlser-um, oh wretched!
Ab MTser-6, Mlser-a, Mlser-o, with, &c, wretched
Plural.
Masc. Fem. Neut.
N. MTser-I, MTser-ae, Mlser-a, . wretched.
G. Miser-orum, Mlser-arum, Mlser-orum, of wretched.,

D. Mlser-Ts, Ml8P r-Ts, MIser-Ts, to orfor wretched

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES 23

Ac. MTser-os, Miser-as, Miser-a, wretched.

V. Miser-T, MTser-ae, MTser-a, oh wretehed!
Ab. Mlser-Is, Miser-Is, Miser-Is, with, &ic.,wretched.

Pulcher 9 Pulchr-8, Pulchr-um, " Fair "

Singular.

Masc. Fem* Neut.

N. Pulcher, Pulchr-a, Pulchr-um, faiu
G. Pulchr-T, Pulchr-ae, Pulchr-i, offair.
D. Pulchr-o, Pulchr-ae, Pulchr-6, to oxforfair.
Ac. Pulchr-um, Pulchr-am, Pulchr-um, fair.
V. Pulcher, Pulchr-fi, Pulchr-um, oh fair!
Ab. Pulchr-o, Pulchr-a, Pulchr-o, with 9 &c. 9 fair

Plural.

Masc. Fem. Neut.

N. Pulchr-i, Pulchr-ae, Pulchr-a, fair.
G. Pulchr-orum, Pulchr-arum, Pulchr-orum, offair.
D. Pulchr-is, Pulchr-Is, Pulchr-Is, to or forfair.

Ac. Pulchr-os, Pulchr-as, Pulchr-a, fair.

V. Pulchr-I, Pulchr-ac, Pulchr-a, oh fair!
Ab. Pulchr-l8, Pulchr-Is, Pulchr-Is, vrith, &c, fair.

XIV. EXERCISES ON THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN-

SIONS OF ADJECTIVES.
L
Translate the following, and show the case and number.
Globus rotundus. silvae magax.
terra rotunda. equorum magnorum.
malum rotundum. prata magna
terra rotunda populus procera.
globi rotundi. scriba sedule
malo rotundo. hortus pulcher.
equus magnus. convlvae saturi.
silva magna. convivae saturi
pratum magnum. collum longum.

Digitized by
24 EXERCISES ON XDJECTIVES.

» nantn.
1J.CV LilfJb iiftrTtn
L/VlllUi snecula
UvvtUU vitrea
f lltvC* .

l*XXV/<Jkl*X X Dulchri
theatri L/ LXX VvXXX X« vuIpiis credulum.

tlieatra Dulchra eruttss rotundas.

libro lacero. aerni
o teneri.
cervis timidis violarum
** V AvIA K^M tenerarum
V^ H
M\M\ A M>* ^AAA^
•»

lupe carnivore foliis teneris.

aauila carnivora. v folia tenera.

noetarum rlarorum taure cornnrer
fnrmTp
1U1 n
11111/0.111m«sprlnlam
OCUUldlil. tauri corniperi
tuull vvlUlgvll '
.

(^orintlip nnnlpnta,^ tanri rorniiTftri

nivitiiS inpprtis x vaecae

. v>\s\»fjA» vvlUicvl w
eornippra; .

Persa bellicosus. / cerasus alta.

PersaB bellicosi. cerasum maturum.

Persa bellicose ! virorum liberorum.
pirus annosa. librorum multorum.
nire annosa profundo fluvio.

pirum oblonpnm diuturnsB pluviaB.

Dira oblonp/a patula miilus.
vannus lignea. pulchro theatro.
pharmacopdlam doctum. densarum
VAV^»&»-/W& silvarum,
M
vl M Mi mi M. w M. ^M.M.M\M,m

* belli exitiosi. maturum fragum

puer attente odoriferaB rosee
pueros attentos. nigram talpam.
cultri acuti nigro corvo.
aprorum setosorum. discipulos pigros.

Nidus magnus. — Oculi magnorum elephanto*

ciconiee est
rum —Numerus incolarum
sunt parvi. magnus. terraB est

Scyth86 magne popule

bellico8i, —Germania habet Asias !

multos profundos
latos et — Ro-
fluvios. Belli gloria populi
mani magna.—RubraB
erat sunt ornamenta
et odoriferaB ros8B
pulchrorum hortorum.— Folia rosarum sunt pulchra odor- et
—Coma Germanorum priscorum
ifera. —Apri sunt erat flava.
magnarum
setosi et incolas densarum —Poetae
et silvarum.
sunt amici lusciniarum canorarum et fluviorum rapidorum.
Corvi habent plumas atras. — Silvss sunt domicilium meru-

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE 8EC0ND DECLEN8ION. 25

larum nigrarum et aquilarum carnivorarum. — Nidi corvo-

rum et picarum sunt in ramis populi procerae tuti. — In mag-
—Liberi Lacedaemoniorum
nis silvis sunt multae fagi patulae.
non erant delicati.-Agni sunt magnnm gaudinm
lanigeri
puerorum. — Stelligerum cGelum thronus —Lupus
est dei.
satur ndh damnosus agno
est —Pretium poculi aurei
tenero.
est magnum. — Clara Corinthus oppidum opulentum.
erat
Malum aureum Discordiae
deae causa Trojani
fuit belli et

multarum lacrymarum.—In humo sicca sunt herbee macrae.

—Cyprus opima provincia imperii Romani. —Graecis
fuit et

Romanis specula ignota

vitrea —Teneri pampini
fuerunt.
sunt ornamentum ministrorum —Vlrus multarum
Liberi. vi-

perarum et plantarum est mortiferum.

II.

Convert the following ungTammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English wqrds opposite.

The eagjfi has a thick and Aquila habeo crassus et car-

fieshy tongue. nosus lingua.
The nests of larks arc small, Nidus alauda sum parvus, et
and the nests of storks are nidus ciconia sum magnus.
large*

The reindeer is peculiar to Tarandus sum frigidus Lap-

cold Lapland. ponia proprius.
The temples of the ancient Templum priscus Graecus

Greeks were magnificenU sum magnificus.

Oh Olympus ! lofty abode of Olympus! altus domicilium

the Grecian gods ! deus Graecus

Frequent rains are oftenpleas- Creber pluvia sum agricola
xng to the hushandman. saspe gratus.

Cooked crabs are red. Cancer coctus sum ruber.

With blackfeathers of ravens. Pluma ater corvus.

Abodes bffieecy lambs. Domicilium laniger agnus.

The garments of various com- Vestimentum varius populus
munities are various. sum varius.

3 1

Digitized by
 THIRD DECLENSION.

Golden cups are rare 9

but Poculum aureus sum rarus,
wooden writing-desks are sed scrinium ligneus sum
many. multus.
Oh deep and broad Rhine et profundus Rhenus.
! Latus
True friends are agreatgood. Verus amicus sum magnus
bonum.
Bears are black, doves are Ursus sum niger, columba
white. sum albus.

THIRD DECLENSION.
I. The number of final letters in this declension is

twelve, of which five are vowels, a, e, t, o, and y, and the

remaining seven are consonants, c, Z, n, r, s, t f and oc.

II. The following is a general scheme of the terminations.

Singular. Plural.
N. a, e, i, o, y, c, Z, n, r, s , t, x. N. es, Neut. d or i&.

G. ts. G. um, ium.

D. t. D. Xbus.
Ac. cm, im. Neut. like Nom. Ac. es Neut. like
9
Nom.
V. like Nom. V. like Nom.
Ab. 8, t. Ab. fbus.

EXAMPLES.

I. Nouns in a.

Noruns in a are of Greek origin and the neuter gender,

and make dtis in the genitive ; as, poema, gen. poem&lis
Thus,
Singular.
N. Poem-a, a poem.
G. Poemat-is, of a poem.
D. Poemat-I, to orfor a poem.
Acc. Poem-a, a poem.
V. Poem-a, oh poem!
Ab. Poemat-e, with, &c, a poem.

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION, 21

Plural.
N. Poemat-S, poems.
G. Poemat-um, ofpoems.
D. Poemat-ibus, to orfor poems. >

Acc. Poemat-a, poems.

V. Poemat-a, oh poems!
Ab. Poemat-ibus, with, &c, poems.
II. Nouns in e.

Nouns
in e change e into is in fonning the genitive, and
are of the neuter gender. Thus,

Singular.
N. Mar-e, a sea.
G. Mar-is, of a sea.
D. Mar-i, to or for a sea.
Acc. Mar-e, a sea.
V. Mar-e, oh sea!
Ab. Mar-I, with, &c, a sea.
Plural.
N. Mar-ia, seas.
G. Mar-ium, of seas.
D. Mar-ibus, to or for seas.
Acc. Mar-ia, seas.
V. Mar-ia, oh seas !

Ab. Mar-ibus, with, &c, seas.

4 *

III. Nouns in i and y.

I. Nouns in t and y are of Greek origin. They are
partly, as neuters, indeclinable ; as, gummi, " gum ;" and
partly have, as feminines, is 9 yis, or yos in the genitive
as, sinapi, " mustard," gen. sindpis ; misy, " a mushroom,"
gen. misyis or misyos.
II. Compounds in meli, however, have melttis or melX-
tos, in imitation of the Greek ;
as, hydromtli, " mead," gen.
hydromelttis or hydromelitos.

Digitized by Google
 28 THIRD DECLENSION.

IV. Nouns in o.

I. Nouns in o (where the o is common, that is, either

long or short) add nis to form the genitive, sometimes only

lengthening the o (that is, keeping it long) and sometimes
changing it to ?.

II. The following are some of the nouns which make o

long before nis, and, consequently, have it long also in the
other oblique cases, namely,

carbo, a coal, gen. carbonis.

((
latro, a robber, latronis.
ti
leo, a lion, leonis.
Kgo, a spade, u ligonis.
pavo, a peacock, u pavonis.
praedo, a robber, II
praedonis.
8ermo, a discourse, ((
sermonis.
((
aquilo, the northeast wind, aquilonis.
((
bufo, a toad, bufonis.

III. All words in io have the long o in the genitive ;

as,
ratio, "reason," gen. ratidnis; pugio, "a dagger," gen.pu-
gionis, &c,
EXAMPLES.
Leo, " a lion.

Singular. Plural.
N. Leo, N. Leon-es,
G. Leon-is, G. Leon-um.
D. Leon-T, D. Leon-ibus,
Acc. Leon-em, Acc. Leon-es,
V. Leo, V. Leon-es,
Ab. Leon-e. Ab. Leon-ibus.

1. The English designation of the cases will be henceforth dropped,

and the stndent must be able to supply them for himself.

Digitized by
 THIRD DECLENSION. 29

7 CltoC/t.

Singular. J^ll/Tfll

N RatTo
J.VCLI.I.U, N T? itTnn-pfl
JLVtLl>iUll-C9,

VT. T?af Tr»Tk_Ta

J.VaLlUIl-J Sj vjt.
T? o tTon _n m
JlVa 11 U 11 - LU 11
,

D. Ration-I, D. Ration-ibus,
Acc. Ration-eirj, Acc. Ratlon-es,
V. Ratio, V. Ration-es,
Ab. Ration-e. Ab. Ration-ibus.

IV. Of nouns that,in forming the genitive, change o into

t are, 1. All names of qualities in do; as, consuetudo,
"habit," gen. consuetudtnis. 2. Most words in go; as,

im&go, "an image," gen. imaginis. 3. Some others that

cannot be reduced to any particular class ; as,

cardo, a hinge, gen. cardinis.

hirundo, a swallow, " hirundinis.
turbo, a whirlwind, " turblnis.
homo, a man, " homlnis.
nemo, nobody, " neminis.
V. Caro, " flesh," makes carnis, but the earlier form was
carfnis, of which carnis is merely a contraction. And so
likewise of the other cases, such as, carni (for carini), car-
nem (for carinem), &c.
VI. Most names of nations have a short o ; as, Saxones,

Sendnes, Maceddnes, &c. But the following are exceptions,

namely, Lacdnes, Iones, Nasamones, Suessones, Vettones.
EXAMPLES.
il
Consuetudo, a habit."
Singular. Plural.
N. ConsuetQdo, N. Consuetudln-es,
G. Consuetudin-is, G. Consuerudin-um,
D. Consuetudih-I, D. Consuetudm-ibus,
Acc. ConsuetudTn-era, Acc. Consuetudln-es,
V. Consuetudo, V. Consuetudin-es,
Ab. Consuetudln-e. Ab. Coneuetudln-ibus.
3»

Digitized by Google
 30 THIRD DECLENSION.

Imago, " an image,

Singular. Plural.
N. Imago, N. Imagm-es,
G. Imagln-is, G. Imagln-um,
D. ImagTn-I, D. Imagin-ibus,
Acc. Imagm-em, Acc, Imagm-es,
V. Imago, V. Imagm-es,
Ab. Imagm-e. Ab. Imagin-ibus.

^ .
Homo, 4 1
a man."
Singular. Plural.
N. Homo, N. Homln-es,
G. Homin-is, G. Homm-um,
D. Homln-I, D. Homln-ibus,
Acc. HomTn-em, Acc. HomTn-es,
V. Homo, V. Homin-es,
Ab. HomTn-e. |
Homln-Tbus.

V. Nouns in c.

Only two nouns end in c, namely, halec, "pickle,"

gen. halecis, and lac, " milk, gen. &zc£&.
,,

VI. Nouns in l.

Nouns in l add is to the nominative ;

as, anXmal, " an
animal," gen. animalis; sol, "the sun," gen. sdlis, &c.
But me/, "honey," makes mellis, plural mella. So also
fel, " gall," makes fellis, but has no plural.
EXAMPLE.
AnTmal, " an animal"
Plural.
N. Anlmal, N. Animal-ia,
G. Animal-Is, G. Anlmal-ium,
D. AnTmal-I, D. Ammal-ibus,
Acc. Animal, Acc. Animal-Ift,
V. Anlmal, V. Anlmal-Ia,
Ab. Anlmal-I. Ab. Animal-ibus.

Digitized by
 THIRD DECLENSION 31

VII. Nouns in en.

I. Nouns in en make enis in the genitive ; as, lien, " the

spleen," gen. tiim> ; attagen, " a species of bird," gen. o/-
fa^eni*.
II. Nouns in en make fnts; as, carmen, " a song," gen.

carmtnis ; nomen, " a name," gen. nomims.

III. Greek words in an 9 en, in, yn, and dn make the
vowel long or short in the genitive, according- as it is in
Greek. Tliose which insert t in the Greek do the same
in the Latin. Thus, agdn, gen. agonis ; canon, gen. ca-
nonis ; Xendphon, gen. Xentiphdntis, &c.

EXAMPLES.
Lichen, "a tetter" or "ringworm."
Singular. Plural
N. Lichen, N. Lichen-es,
G. Lichen-is, G. Lichen-um,
D. Lichen-I, D. Lichen-ibus,
Acc. Lichen-em, Acc. Lichen-es,
V. Lichen, V. Lichen-es,
Ab. Lichen-e. Ab. Lichen-ibus.

Carmen, " a song."

Singular. Plural.
N. Carmen, N. Carmin-a,
G. Carmin-Is, G. Carmin-um,
D. Carmm-I, D. Carmm-ibus,
Acc. Carmen, Acc. Carmm-a,
V. Carmen, V. Carmm-a,
Ab. Carmin-e. Ab. Carmin-ibus

VIII. Nouns in r.

Nouns in r are to be distinguished according to the

vowel which precedes.
I. Those in ar have generally dris in the genitive as, ;

calcar, " a spur," gen. calcaris. But some have dris ; as,

Digitized by Google
32 THIRD DECLENSION

Casar, gen. Casdris ; jubar, " a beam of the sun," gen.

jubdris ; lar, " a household god," gen. Idris. So also the
adjective par, " equal," and compounds its ;
as, par, gen.

pdris ; impar, " unequal," gen. impdris, &c.

IL Far, " a species of grain," has farris. Hepar, "the
liver ," has hepdtis.
EXAMPLES.
Calcar, " a spur."
Singular. Plural.
N. Calcar, N. Calcar-ia,
6. Calcar-is, G. Calcar-Ium,
D. Calcar-I, D. Calcar-ibus,
Acc. Calcar, Acc. Calcar-ii,
V. Calcar, V. Calcar-ia,
Ab. Calcar-I. Ab. Calcax-ibus.

Lar, " a hausehold god."

Singular. PluraL
N. Lar, N. Lar-es,
G. Lar-is, G. Lar-ium,
D. Lar-I, D. Lar-ibus,
Acc. Lar-em, Acc. Lar-es,
V. Lar, V. Lar-es,
Ab. Lar-e. Ab. Lar-ibus.

III. Nouns in er have eris ; as, mulier, " a female," gen

mulieris ; carcer, " a prison," gen. carceris.
IV. Some nounsin er, however, throw out the e ; as,
"
pater, a father," gen.patris, and, along wiihpater, all nouns
in ter except later, " a brick," gen. lateris. The following
al80 namely, imber, " a shower," gen. imbris^
throw out e,

and the names of some of the months as, September, Oc- ;

tober, November, December, gen. Septembris, Octobris, &c.

. V. Iter, " a journey," makes itineris in the genitive, the
old nominative, besides iter, having been also itiner ; while
iter itself made, in carly Latin, the genitive iteris.

Digitized by
 THIRD DECLENSION. 33

VI. Ver makes viris, being derived from the Greek,

where the penult of the genitive is contracted, and, conse-
quently, long.
VII. Greek words follow the Greek declension; as,

character, gen. characteris

; aer,
" air," gen. airis.
VIII. Jupiter makes Jdvis. But in early Latin Jupiter
made Jupit&ris, and Jovis is, in fact, the genitive of an old
nominative Jovis, just as we shall presently see nouns in is

making is also in the genitive.

EXAMPLES.
Mulier, " afemaleJ
>

Singular. . Jrlural.
N Mulier, N. TVTti iTpr-pc

VT. Mulier-is, G. ]\Tn

A»l irpr-iirn
uiici- UIU,

U. Mulier-i, D. iviuiier-iDus,

ACC Mulier-em, Acc. iviuiier-es,

v Mulier, V. iviuner-es,

AD. Mulier-e. Ab. lviuiier-iDus

Pater, " a father."

Singular. Plural
N. Pater, N. Patr-es,
G. Patr-is, G. Patr-um,
D. Patr-i, D. Patr-ibus,

Acc. Patr-em, Acc. Patr-es,

V. Pater, V. Patr-es,

Ab. !
Ab. Patr-ibus.

Iter, " ajourney"

Singular. Plural.
N. Iter, N. Itiner-a,

G. Itiner-is, G. Itiner-um,
D. Itiner-i, D. Itiner-ibus,

Acc. Iter, . Acc. Itmer-a,

V. Iter, Itiner-a,

Ab. Itiner-e. l Ab. Itiner-ibus.

Digitized by Google
34 THIRD DECLENSION.

IX. Nouns in yr are Greek, and form their cases after

the Greek ; as, martyr, " a martyr," gen. martyris.

X. Nouns in or have oris; as, amor, "love," gen.

amdris ; soror^ " a sister," gen. sordris ; but ar&or, " a tree,"
aaV, " a species of wheat," and the neuters aquor and mar-
wior, have dm.
EXAMPLES.
Soror, " a sister"
Singular. Plural.

N. Soror, N. Soror-es,
G. Soror-is, G. Soror-um,
D. Soror-I, D. Soror-ibus,
Acc. Soror-em, Acc. Soror-es,
V. Soror, V. Soror-es,
Ab. Soror-e. Ab. Soror-ibus.

Arbor, " a tree."

Singular. Plural.
N. Arbor, N. Arbor-es,
G. Arbor-is, G. Arbor-um,
D. Arbor-i, D. Arbor-ibus,
Acc. Arbor-em, Acc. Arbor-es,
V. Arbor, V. Arbor-es,
Ab. Arbor-e. Ab. Arb5r-ibus.

iEquor, " tke sea.

Singular. Plural
N. -£2quor, N. iEquor-a, .

G. iEquor-is, G. iEquor-um,
D. iEquor-I, D. jEqu5r-Ibus, "!

Acc. JSquor, Acc. uEqu5r-a,

V. iEquor, V. iEquor-a,
Ab. iEquor-e. Ab. iEqu5r-ibus.

XI. Nouns in ur have uris ; as, murmur, gen. murmuris ;

sulphur, gen. sulphuris. Except fur, "a thief," which
makes furis.

Digitized by
 THIRD DECLENSION. 35

XII. The four neuters, ebur ," ivory ," femur, "the thigh,"
jecur, " the liver," and robur, " strength," have drti ; and
^ecttr, moreover, has jecindris, jocinoris, and jocineris

EXAMPLES.
Murmur, " a murmur. n
Singular. Plural.
N. Murmur, N. Murmur-a,
G. Murmur-is, G. Murmur-um,
D. Murmur-I, D. Munnur-ibus,
Acc. Murmur, Acc. Murmur-a,
V. Murmur. V. Murmur-a,
Ab Murmur-e. Ab. Murmur-ibus.
Robur, " strength."
Singular. Plural.
N. Robur, N. Robor-a,
G. Robor-is, G. Robor-um,
D. Robor-T, D. Robor-ibus,
Acc. Robur, Acc. Robor-a,
V. Robur, V. Robor-a,
Ab. Robor-e. Ab. Robor-ibus.

IX. Nouns in s.

Nouns which end in s have either a, e, i, o, u, y, au, or

a consonant before s.

I. Those in as have in the genitive dtis ; as, " an

age," gen. atatis ; except. anas, "a duck," which makes
andtis.
II. Mas, "a male," makes mdris. Vas, "a surety,"
makes vddis ; but vas, " a vessel," vojfj. The noun as,
" a pound," makes assis.
III. Greek words form their genitives according to their

gender, the masculines in antis, the feminines in ddis, and

the neuters in dtis ; as, addmas, " a diamond," gen. ada-
mantis; lampas, "a torch," gen. lampddis ; artocrias, "a
meat-pie," gen. artocredtis.

Digitized by Google
3(3 THIRD DECLENSION.

IV. The words Arcas, " an Arcadian," and nomas, " one
that pastures flocks," which are of the common gender,
make the genitive in ddis.
V. Greek nouns, which form the genitive in adis or
antis, terminate the accusative either in a or m, the former
according to the Greek, the latter according to the Roman
1
form.
EXAMPLES.
iEtas, « an age"
Singular. Plural.
N. ^Etas, N. iEtat-es,
G. jEtat-is, G. iEtat-um,
D. jEtat-i, D. ^Etat-ibus,
Acc. iEtat-em, Acc. iEtat-es,
V. iEtas, V. jEtat-es,
Ab. iEtat-e. Ab. jEtat-Ibus.

Mas, " a male."

Singular. Plural.
N. Mas, N. Mar-es,
G. Mar-Is, G. Mar-ium,
D. Mar-I, D. Mar-ibus,
Acc. Mar-em, Acc. Mar-es,
V. Mas, V. Mar-es,
Ab. Mar-e. Ab. Mar-ibus.

Vas, " a surety.

m
Singular. Plural.
N. Vas, N. Vad-es,
G. Vad-is, G. Vad-ium,
D. Vad-I, D. Vad-ibus,
Acc. Vad-em, Acc. Vad-es,
V. Vas, V. Vad-es,
Ab. Vad-e. Ab. Vad-ibus.

1. Consult remarks on Greek nouns of page 51.

this declension,
2. Vas % vasisy is neuter, and the plural, making
is also irregular in
vasa, vasorum, vasis y &c, according to the second declension of neuters

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION. 37

Adamas, "a diamond."

Singular. Plural.
N. Adamas, N. Adamant-es,
G. Adamant-is, G. Adamant-um,
u. Adamant-I, D. Adamant-ibus,
ACC. Adamant-a & -em, Acc. Adamant-as, 1

V. Adamas, V.
AD. Adamant-e. Ab. Adamant-ibus.

Lampas, " a torch."

Singular. Plural.
N. Lampas,
1
N ' Lampad-es,
G. Lampad-is, G. Lampad-um,
D. Lampad-i, '

D. Lampad-ibus,
Acc. Lampad-a & -em, Acc. Lampad-as,
V. Lampas, V. Lampad-es,
Ab. Lampad-e. Ab. Lampad-ibus.

VI. Nouns in es form their genitive in several ways

Thus,
•

1. Some change es into is; as, ades, gen. <edis.

2. Some change es into ttis ; as, comes, gen. comttis.
3. Some change es into e*w ; as, seges, gen. segitis.
4. Some change es into e«w ; as, lebes, gen. lebetis.
5. Some change es into tdis ; as, obses, gen. obstdis.
6. Some change es into edw ; as, jDes, gen. pedis.
7. Some change es into erf*>; as, &ere^, gen. haredis.

VII. But pr<ss mskes prcedis ; ces makes <m> ; Sesmakes

£essw ; and Ceres makes Cereris.

1. Greek accusative plural, not adamant-es like nouns of Latinorigin,

ihough adamant-em occurs in the singular. The same remark applies
to Lampad-as. The termination as of the Greek accusative plural is
short, of the reffular Latin form long. The accusative plural in as is
admissible in all words which have the termination in Grsek, but is
rarely used in prose.

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION.

E3AMPLES.
Nubes, " a cloud."
Sinerular. Plural.
N. Nub-es, N. Nub-es,
G. Nub-is, G. Nub-ium,
D. Nub-I, D. Nub-ibus,
Acc, Nub-em, Acc. Nub-es,
V. Nub-es, V. Nub-es,
Ab. Nub-e. Ab. Nub-tbus.

Comes, " a companion

Singular. Plurcd.

N. Comes, N. Comit-es,
G. Comit-is, G. Comit-um,
D. Comit-i, D. ComTt-ibus,
A oc Comit-em, Acc. Comlt-es,
v. Comes, V. Comit-es,
Ab. Comit-e. Ab. Comlt-Tbus.

Obses, " a hostage."

Singular.
N. Obses, N. Obsid-es,

6. Obsid-Ts, G. Obsid-um,
D. Obsid-I, D. Obsld-ibus,

Acc. Obsid-em, Acc. Obsid-es,

V. Obses, V. ObsTd-es,

Ab. Obsid-e. Ab. Obsid-Ibus.

VIII. Nouns in is have generally is in the genitive,

without increase ; as, avis, " a bird," gen. avis ; piscis, " a

fish," gen. piscis.

IX. Some receive an additional syllable, and make idis,

itis, or eris; as, cassis, "a helmet," gen. casstdis ; lis9

" strife," gen. litis ; pulvis, " dust," gen. pulveris.

X. Glis, " a dormouse," makes gliris ; sanguis, " blood,"

sangutnis, though the adjectives derived from it do not in-

crease , as, exsanguis, " bloodless," gen. exsanguis The

Digitized by
 THIRD DECLENSION.

word semis, " the half of an as," as being compounded with

as, makes semissis.
XI. Greek words in is and ys will be noticed hereafte*

EXAMPLES.

Avis, " a bird»

StnffiilfiT »1*1 l*V«

N.
xv» Av-Is
XX V AO, N A v-ps
XX T UO)

G Av-is G A v-Tnm
A V-T I) XX V "lUUOj

A fp XXV Ulll, \ Koo

XX V V/, XXV -COj

V. Av-is, V. Av-es,
Ab. Av-e. |
Ab. Av-ibus.

Cassis, a helmet."
Singular. Plural.
N. Ctissis, N. Cassld-es,
G. Cassid-Is. G. Cassld-um,
D. Cassld-I, D. Cassld-ibus,
Acc. Cassld-em, Acc. Cassld-es,
vv • Cassis, V. Cassld-es,
Ab. Cassld-e. Ab. Cassid-ibus.

Quiris, " a Raman citizen"

Singular. Plural.
N. Qums, N. Quirit-es,

G. Quirit-is, G. Quirlt-um,

D. Quirlt-I, D. Quirlt-ibus,

Acc. Quirlt-em, Acc. Quirlt-es,

V. Quiris, V. Quirlt-es,

Ab. Quirit-e. Ab. Quirit-ibus.

Pulvis ' dust."

Singular. Plural.

N. Pulvls, N. P*ulver-es,

Q. Pulver-is, G. Pulver-um,
D. Pulver-I D. Pulver-ibus,

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION.

Acc. Pulver-em, Acc. Pulver-es,

V. PuMs, V. Pulver-es,

Ab. Pulver-e. Ab. Pulver-ibus.

XII. Nouns in os make otis; as, cos, "a whetstone,

gen. cotis ; dos, " a dower," gen. dotis.
XIII. Or else they take oris ; as, os, " the mouth," gen
dris ; ros, " dew," gen. roris.

XIV. But os, " a bone," makes ossis ; custos, " a keeper,"
custodis ; and bos, " an ox," bovis.
XV. Some Greek words, as heros, "a hero," Minos,
Tros, &c, make ois in the genitive ; as, kerois, Mindis,

Trots.

EXAMPLES.
Nepos, " a grandson.
Singular. Plural.
N. Nepos, N. Nepot-es,
G. Nepot-is, G. Nepot-um,
D. Nepot-T, D. Nep5t-ibus,
Acc. Nepot-em, Acc. Nep5t-es,
V. Nep5s, V. Nep5t-es,
Ab. Nep5t-e. Ab. Nep5t-ibus.
«

Flos, " aflower."

Singular. Plural.
N. F15s, N. F15r-es,
G. Flor-Is, G. Flor-um,
D. Flor-T, D. F15r-Tbus,
Acc. Flor-em, Acc. Flor-es,
•

V. F15s, V. Flor-es,

Ab. F15r-e. Ab. Fl5r-ibus.

XVI. Of nouns in us, the feniinines in us make utis; as,

virtus, "virtue," gen. virtutis. But tellus, "the earth,"
makes telluris, and Venus, " Venus," Veneris.
XVII. Neuters in us have either eris ; as, fosdus, "a

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION. 4i

league," gen. faderis ; or oris ; as, decus, "honour," gen.

decdris.
XVIII. All words in us of one syllable, which have u
long, form the genitive in uris ; as, crus, " a leg," gen. cru
ris; as 3\sojus,pus, rus, thus, and mus.
XIX. Incus, " an anvil," palus, " a marsh," and -subscus,

make «dt>. Grws, " a crane," and m, " a

" a dovetail,"
"
hog" or sow," make gruis and tt/w.
XX. Greek proper names in us make untis; as, ^./^a-
iAiiff, gen. Amathuntis ; Trapezus, gen. Trapezuntis.
XXI. The compounds of 7rovc make 6dis ; as, tnpus, "a
tripod," gen. tripodis.

EXAMPLES.
Virtus, "virtue."
oin^utar. Plural.
vr Vi-fno
N. v lrtus, XN. Virtut-es,
G. virtut-is, VXm Virtut-um,
D. Virtut-I, D. Virtut-ibus,
Acc. Virtut-em, Acc. Virtut-es,
V. Virtus, V. Virtut-es,
Ab. Virtut-e. Ab. Virtut-ibus.
r
Fcedus, " a league."
Singular. Plural. v

N. Foedus, N. Foeder-a,

G. Fceder-is, G. Fceder-um,
D. Fceder-i, D. FoBder-Ibus,
Acc. Fcedus, Acc. Fceder-a,
V. Fcedus, V. Fceder-a,
Ab. Ab. Foeder-ibus.

Decus, " honour. n

Singular, Plural.
N. Decus, N. Decor-a,
6. Decor-is, G. Decor-um,
D. Decor-I, D. Decor-lbus,
4*

Digitized by Google
42 THIRD DECLENSION.

Acc. Decus, Acc. Decor-a,

-«T
V. Decus, V. Decor-a,
Ab. Decor-e. Ab. Decor-ibusw

Mus, " a mouseP

Singular. Plural.
N. Mus, N. Mur-es,
G. Mur-Ts, G. Mur-um,
D. Mur-i, D. Mur-ibus,
Acc. Mur-era, A.cc. Mur-es,
V. Mus, V. Mur-es,
Ab. Mur-e. Ab. Mur-ibus.

JUS, " Q right."

i

Singular. Plural.
N. Jus, N. Jur-a,
G. Jur-is, G. Jur-um,
D. Jur-T, D. Jur-Tbus,
Acc. Jus, Acc. Jur-S,
V. Jus, V. Jur-a,
Ab. Jur-e. Ab. Jur-ibus.

Amathus. Trapezus.
Singular. Singular.
N. Amathus, N. Tranezus,
G. Amathunt-is, G. Trapezunt-Ts.
D. Amathunt-T, D. Trapezunt-T,
Acc. Amathunt-em & -a, Acc. Trapezunt-em & -a,
V. Amathus, V. Trapezus,
Ab. Amathunt-e. Ab. Trapezunt-e.

XXII. Only two nouns of this declension end in aus,

namely, laus y "praise," gen. laudis; and fraus. u fraud, w
gen. fraudis.
XXIII. Of those which have a consonant before s, the
nouns in Is, ns 9
rs, change s into tis ; as, puls, fons, mons,
ars, pars, which make in the genitive pultis.fontis, montis.

Digitized by
 THIRD DECIENSION. 43
w
artis, partis, But frons, ** a leaf, makes frondis
&c.
"
whereas frons, a forehead," follows the general rule, and
makes frontis.
XXIV. Nouns in bs make the genitive in bis ; nouns in
tns in mis, &c. ; as, trabs, " a beam," gen. frafos ; htems,
" winter," gen. hiemis.
XXV. Codebs makes cadlbis. Compounds in (from
cajn'0, "to take"), as municeps, make f/n>; as, municipis

EXAMPLES.
Ars, " an arUn

Singular. Plural.
N. Ars, N. Art-es,
G. Art-is, G. Art-ium,
D. Art-I, D. Art-ibus,
Acc Art-em, Acc. Art-es,
V. Ars, V. Art-es,
Ab. Art-e. Ab. Art-ibus.

Trabs, " a beam. n

Singular. Plural.
N. Trabs, N. Trab-es,
G. Trab-is, G. Trab-ium,
D. Trab-I, D. Trab-Tbus,
Acc. Acc. Trab-es,
V. Trabs, V. Trab-es,
Ab. Trab-e. Ab. Trab-ibus.

Parltceps, "<* partaker"

Singular. Plural
N. Particeps, N. PartTcip-es,
G. Particip-is, G. Particip-um,
D. Particip-I, D. Partlcip-Tbus,
Acc. Partlcip-em, Acc. PartTcIp-es,

V. Particeps, V. Particip-es,

Ab: PartlcTp-e. 1 Ab. Particip-ibus.

Digitized by Google
44 THIRD DECLENSION.

X. Nouns in t.

The termination t is only found in caput, " the head,"

gen. capitis, and its compounds occiput, sinctput, which
make occipitis and sincipttis.

XI. Nouns in x.

I. Of those that end in a: the declension varies, according

as the x has been derived from cs or which must be de-
termined by the root. The former is more common.
II. The following rules may serve, however, in some de-
gree, as a guide.
1 . Words of one syllable, with a consonant preceding x,
have cis in the termination of the genitive ; as, falx,

gen. falcis ; lanx, gen. lancis ; arx, gen. arcis.

2. Nouns in ax make dcis ; as, pax, gen. pacis. But fax,
and some Greek words, such as corax, climax, make
Gcis. Proper names in nax, from the Greek ava%
(anax), make, however, actis ; as, Demonax, gen. De-
monactis.
3. Nouns in ex make icis ; as, judex, gen. judlcis. But
vibex makes vibicis, and lex and rex make legis and
regis. And again, ^reo? makes grigis ; nex makes
necis ; remex makes remigis ; senex, senis ; and su-
pellex, supellectilis.

4. Nouns in ix make their genitives in icis or icis.

Among the latter are cervix, " the neck," gen. cervicis
cicatrix, " a scar," gen. cicatrtcis ; phcenix, " a fabulous

bird," gen. phanicis ; radix, " a root," gen. radicis ; and

all female appellations ; as, inventrix, " an inventress,"

gen. inventricis ; nutrix, " a nurse," gen. nutricis, &c.
5. Nix, " snow," makes nftns ; and strix, " a screech-
owl," strigis.
6. Worda in ox make octs ; as, vox, " the voice," gen.
vocis. But Capp&dox, " a Cappadocian," makes Cappa-
docis ; Alldbrox, " an Allobrogian," makes Allobrogis
and ncw, " night," makes noctis.

Digitized by
 TfllRD DECLENSION. 45
7. Words in ux make ucxs ; as, crux, "a cross," gen.
crucw ; duxy « a leader," gen. But Zwa?, " lighfi,*
makes lucis ; Pottux, a proper name, makes Pollucis ;
conjuxy " a wife," makes conjugis. Frugis is the gen-
itive of the obsolete frux ; and fauces the plural of the
obsolete faux.
8. Words in yx are Greek, and formed variously; as
Eryx, gen. Erycis ; bombyx, gen. bombycis, <fcc

««
Arx, a citadel."

Singular. Plural.
N. Arx, N. Arc-es,
G. Arc-is, G. Arc-ium,
D. Arc-i, D. Arc-ibus,
Acc. Arc-em, Acc. Arc-es,
V. Arx, V. Arc-es,
Ab. Arc-e. Ab. Arc-ibus.

Judex, "ajudge. 1

Singular. Pl-sraL
N Judex, N. Judic-es,
<3. Judic-is, ii. JudTc-um,
D. Judlc-i, D. Judic-ibus,
Acc. Judlc-em, Acc. Judlc-es,
V. Judex, V. Judic-es,
Ab. Judic-e. Ab. Judic-ibus.

Lex, " a law."

Singular. PluraL
N. Lex, N. Leg-es,
G. Leg-is, G. Leg-um,
D. Leg-I, D. Leg-ibus,
Acc. Leg-em, Acc. Leg-es,
V. Lex, V. Leg-es,
Ab. Ab. Leg-ibus

Digitized by Google
46 THIRD DECLENSION.

Appendix, " an addition."

Stin cniJnr Plural

N. ADDendix. N. Appendlc-es ;

G. Appendlc-Ts, G. Appendic-um,
D. Appendlc-I, D. AppendTc-lbus,
Acc Appendlc-em, Acc. Appendlc-es,
V. Appendix, V. Appendlc-es,
Ab. Appendlc-e. Ab. Appendlc-ibus.

Radix, " a root."

Singular. Plural.
N Radix, N. Radlc-es.
G. Radlc-Is, G. Radic-um,
D. Radlc-I, D. Radlc-Tbus,
Acc. RadTc-em, Acc. Radlc-es,
-W T*
V. Radlx, V. Radlc-es,
Ab. Radic-e. Ab. Radic-Tbus.
>

Vox, " a voice."

Singular. Phirnl
JL LUl UL.

N. Vox, N. Voc-es
G. Voc-Is, G. Voc-um,
D. Voc-I, D. Voc-Ibus,
Acc. Voc-em, Acc. Voc-es,
V. Vox, V. Voc-es,
Ab. Voc-e. Ab. Voc-Tbus.

Dux, " a leader."

Singular. Plural

N. Dux, N. Duc-es,
G. Duc-Ts, G. Duc-um,
D. Duc-I, D. Duc-Ibus,
Acc. Duc-em, Acc. Duc-es,
V. Dux, V. Duc-es,
Ab. Duc-e. Ab. Duc-Tbus.

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION. 47

Conjux, " a spouse."

Smgular. Plural.
N. Conjux, N. Conjug-es,
G. Conjug-Ts, G. Conjug-um,
D. Conjug-i, D. Conjug-ibus,
Acc. Conjug-em, Acc. Conjug-es,
V. Conjux, V. Conjug-es,
Ab. Conjug-e. 1 Ab. Conjug-Ibus.

Bombyx, " a silk-worm."

Singular. Plural.
N. Bombyx, N. Bombyc-es,
G. Bombyc-is, G. Bombyc-um,
D. Bombyc-T, D. Bombyc-ibus,
Acc. Bombyc-em, Acc. Bombyc-es,
V. Bombyx, V. Bombyc-es,
Ab. Bombyc-e. Ab. Bombyc-ibus.

REMARKS ON THE CASES.

1. Genitive Singular.
I. The apparent variety in the formation of the gemtive case becomcs
greatly simplified and limited in extent if we suppose, what is no doubt
actually the case, thafthe genitive singular is formed from the root of
the noun by merely adding t>, and that the final letter of the root is ei-
ther a t or some other consonant more or less concealed in the nomina-

tive.

II. The following table will serve to illustrate this remark more clearly.

NOMINATIVB. Root. 1 Genitive.

Poema, Poemat, Poemat-is.
Mare, Mar, Mar-is.
Carbo, Carbdn, Carbon-is.
Imago, Imagln, Imagin-is.
Sol, Sol, S6l-is.

Lichen, Lichen, Lichen-is.

Caxmen, Carmin, Carmin-is.
Calcar, Calcar, Calcar-is.

Carcer, CarcSr, Carcer-is.

1. Stem ot theme wonld be a raore correct name, as roota, etrlctly Bpeaking, ar«
all inonosylUDlc. Wt
hare followed, however, th« ordinary phraseology.

Digitized by
48 THIRD DECLENSION

Soror, Sordr, Sord> *j.

JStas, ^Etat, ./Etat-ia.

Cedes, C«3d, Cajd-ia.

Comes, Comlt, ComU is.

Haeres, Hsred, Haered ia,

Avis, Av, Av-is,

Nepos, Nepot, Nepot is.
Tellus, Teilur, Tellur-is.
Opus, Oper, Oper-is,
Fraus, Fraud, Fraud-ia.
Mons, Mont, Mont-ip.
Caput, CapTt, Capit-is.
Arz, Arc, Arc-is.
Lex, Leg, Leg-is.
Nix, Ntv, Niv-is.
Conjux, Conjug, Conjug-is.

2. Accusaiive Singular.

1. The regular ending of the accusative , in this declension,

js em, with the exception, of course, of neuter nouns, the accusative o

which is always like the nominative.
Many words m is, however, which do not increase in
2. t\t2 genjtire*
have tm instead o em, of which the following are a few.

amussis, a masoris rule, accus. amussim.

sitis, thirst, M sitim.
II
tussis, a cough, tussim.
II
vis, force, vim.
II
ravis, hoarseness, ravim.
buris, a plough-taji, u burim.
«i
cannabis, hernp. cannabim.
mephitis, foul atr,
u mephitim.
3. The following have im, and sometimes also em.

febris, a fever, accus. febrim (or -em).

puppis, a stern, ii
puppim u
turris, a tower, u turrim <<

restis, a ropc t u restim u

aecuris, an axe, u securim
•

aqualis, a water-pot, u aqualim

4. But the following have em, and very rarely tm.

navis, a ship, accus. navem.

avis, a bird, " avem.

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLKNSION. 49

clavis, a kev. accus. clavem

pelvis, a basin. u pelvem.
««
messis, a harvest, messem.
ovis, a sheep, M ovem.
ratis, a raft,
u ratem.
sentis, a briar, u sentem.

5. Greek words will be considered presently by themselves. Many

pioper names of cities and rivers, however, not Greek, form their accu-
eatives in im, after the analogy of the Greek ; as,

Albis, the Elbe, accus. Albim.

tt
Athesis, the Adige, Athesim.
it
Bs3tis, Ihe Guadalquiver, Baetim.
tt
Bilbilis, Calatajud, BilbHim.
8.
Hispalis, Seville, Hispalim.
tl
Tiberis, the Tibery Tiberlm.

3. Ablative Singular.

1. The regular ending of the ablative singular is in e; but all words

which have im in the accusative, except those Greek words wbich have
idis in the genitive, make the ablative in i instead of e.

2. The ablative of restim f however, is reste; while, on the other

hand, navi is more common than nave.
3. Neuters in «, a/, and ar have also i in the ablative ; as, mari y
vec-

tigdlij calcari. But far, baccar, jubar, htpar, and nectar keep e ; and
sal, even when used as a neuter, has only sale.

4. Rus has both rure and ruri, but with this dirTerence of meaning,

namely, rure, " from the country," and ruri, " in the country."
5. Names of months in is and er have % in the ablative ; as, Aprili,

Septembri ; and also those substantives in is which were originally ad-

jectives ;
as, aidtiis, affinis, anndlis, familidris, gentilis, sodalis, 6cc.

But when such adjectives become proper names, they always make the
ablative in e ; as, Juvendlc, Martidle, &c.

4. Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural.

1. In th* nominative, accusative, and vocative plural, the neuters in

c, al, and ar make ia ; as, rnaria, vectigalia, calcaria.

2. But far makes farra ; while jubar, hepar, and nectar have no plu-
,,
ral. Sal has no neuter plural, but makes sales, " witticisms.

5. Genitive Plural.

The regular ending of the genitive plural is in um ; but the following

make inm instead of it.
6

Digitized by
50 THIRD DECLENSION.

1. Neuters in e, al, and r, which make ia in the nominative plural

as, marium, animalium, calcarium.

2. Nouns which do not increase in the genitive singular ;
as, nubts,
nubium ; civis, civium, &c. ; except vates, strues, canis, panis
juvenis, which form the genitive plural in um ; while, on the other
hand, Quirites and Samniies, which do increase in the genitive sin-
gular, have Quiritium and Samnitium. The words apis and vol-
ucris have sometimes ium, but more commonly um.
3. The following in er ; as, imber, linter t venter, uter ; but pater,
mater, fratcr, and accijnter form the genitive in um.
4. Of monosyllabic substantives, those in s and x preceded by a con-
sonant make ium ; as, montium, arcium, dentium. Lynx alone
makes lyncum, and the obsolete ops (from which we have the plu-
ral opcs) opum.
5. Of monosyllabic words ending in s preceded by a vowel, the
greater part make the genitive in um; as, crus, crurum; crux,
crucum ; dos dotum ; flos, florum, &c.
f
; but glis, lis, mas, vis y
and os (ossis) make twm.
6. Of monosyllabic words ending in x preceded by a vowel, oiily
four have ium, namely, faux (obsolete in the singular), nix, strix,
and nox ; all the rest have um.
7. Substantives of two or more syllables in ns and rs have the ter-
mination ium along with that in um, which is less common as, ;

cliens, clientium (less frequently clientum) ; cohors, cohortium (less

frequently cohortum), &c. Also those which are properly particip-
les ;
as, adolescens, infans, parens, serpens, sapiens, which, from
being used as substantives, admit also the termination um ; as, pa-
rentum ; but ium is more common.
8. The names of festivals in alia, which are in use only in the plural
as, Bacchanalia, Saturnalia, form the genitive in ium and orum;
as, Bacchanalium and Bacchanaliorum.

XXVIII. IRREGULAR DECLENSION.

I. Two nouns are here to be considered, the declension
of which presents an anomalous or irregular appearance,
namely, Jupiter and bos.
II. The proper name Jupiter made originally Jupiteris
in the genitive, Jupiteri in the dative, Jupiterem in the ac-
cusative, and Jupitcre in the ablative, the vocative being
like the nominative.

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION. 51

III. In process of time, however, the nominative and

vocative of this foim of declension were alone retained,
and the other cases were borrowed from another nomina-
tive Jovis, which made Jovis also in the genitive. Hence
\ve have the following mode of declining the proper name
Jupiter.

N. Jupiter, Acc. Jovem,

G. Jovis, V. Jupiter,
D. Jovi, Ab. Jove.

IV. The declension of bos is as follows ; the v in the

oblique caaes coming from the Greek digamma.

Bos, " an ox" or 4<

cow."

Singular. Plural.
N. B5s, N. B6v-es,
G. Bov-Ts, G. B6-um (old form bov-urri),

D. Bov-I, D. Bu-bus (less frequently bd-bus),

Ac. Bov-em, Ac. Bov-es,

V. Bos, V. Bov-es,
Ab. B6v-e. Ab. BG-bus (less frequently bo-bus).

XXIX. GREEK WORDS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.

I. In the genitive singular the poets often use the Greek terraination
os for is, especially of words in is, gen. idis ; as, Daphnis, gen. Daph-
nldos ; Phasis, gen. Phastdos, &c, and of nouns in as and ys ; as, Pal-
PaUados
las, gen. ;
Tethys, gcn. Tethyos. In prose the Greek form is

nncommon.
II . Feminines in o ; as, Dido, Sappko, echo, have usually the Greek
genitive in us ; as, Didus, Sapphus, echOs. The Latin genitive in onis
also occurs for the proper names, but is less usual ;
as, Diddnis, Sapphb-
nis. The dative and accusative end either in o, according to the Greek,
or in oni and onem, according to the Latin.
III. The Greek accusativeof the third declension in a is seldom used
by the best prose writers, with the exception of aera, cethtra, Pana, which
are the common forms. Wbrds in is and ys make their accusatives,
even in prose, in in and yn, as well as im and ym ; as, for example,
Nabin y Halyn. But, in general, the Latin form is preferable.
IV. All Greek words which in that language form their accusative in

Digitized by
52 EXERCISES ON THB THIRD DECLENSION.

iv (in) have in Latin their accusative in im ; as, basim, poesim, &c #

Greek nouns, on the other hand, which have in that language an acute
accent on their final syllable in the nominative, form in Latin their accu-
sative in idem, never in im ; as, pyrdmis, accus. pyramtdem ; Chalcis,

accus. Chalcidem.
V. Proper names in es, genitive is, which in Greek are of the first

declension, have in Latin, along with the accusative in em, the lermina-
tion en; as, Achillen, JEschtnen; especially barbarous names ; as, Xer-
xen, Euphrdten.
VI. Words which in Greek are doubly declined in ov (ou) and nrot
(etos) have in Latin also both forms is and etis, and in the accusative
make also en ; as, Chremcs, genitive Chremis and Chremetis ; accuaa-
tive Chrcmem, Chremetem, and Chremen.
VII. The vocative singular is commonly in Greek the same with the
nominative, as in Latin. But words in is, ys> and as (antis), which in
Greek reject * in the vocative, do it also in poetry in Latin ;
as, Daph-
nis, voc. Daphni; Tethys, voc. Tethy ; Calchas, voc. Calcha (nevei
Calchan).
VIII. In the nominative plural neuters in oc (os) have the Greek ter-
mination e ; as, cete, mele, Tempe.
IX. Of Chaos, besides the nominative and accusative, only the abla-
tive Chao occurs.
X. In the genitive plural only a few words have the Greek termina-
tion bn (w), and that only as titles of books ;
as, metamorphoseon, epi-
grammatbn.
XI. The accusative plural in as is admissible in all wbrds which have
the termination in Greek, but is rarely used in prose ;
as, harpagonds.
The form Macedonas, however, occurs frequently in Livy.

XXX. EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION.

Translate the following, and show the agreement or
government in each clause or phrase.

1 . Nouns in a, e, o.

Aroma est condimentum cibi.—India est patria aromatis.

—Baptisma est institutum Dei. — Ceremoniee baptismatis
Christianis notae sunt. —Mare est domicilium balaenarum
alveare apum (apium), ovile ovium. — Maris aqua est salsa.
—Apes sunt incolae alvearis, oves ovflis. —Picus alveaxi
damnosus est. —In mari sunt pisces, in alveari apes, m

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 53

ovili oves. —In terra sunt maria, — Cancri

rivi et fluvii.

marium sunt magiii. —Fila retium plerumque sunt crassa.

Imago animi est sermo. — Carbones sunt reliquiae ligni

combusti. —Ligo est instrumentum ferreum. —Manubrium

ligonis est longum. —Praedones habent pugiones.—Lingua
leonis- habet formam —Legiones Romanorum
limae. erant
multae. —Legionibus Romanis —Verbum erant signiferi. est

signura cogitationis. —
Poemata Virgilii sunt imitationes
poetarum Graecorum.— Pretium unionum est magnum.
Scorpioni est aculeus venenatus. —Papilionibus sunt alae

pulchrae.—Pulchritudo bonum caducum.—Judicia mul-

est

titudinissunt varia.— Homo dominus Hominis

est terree.—
—
figura est erecta. hominibus sunt
Bestiae —Rana subjectae.

bufoni non exosa est.— Pennae sunt struthionis pulchrae et

—Rostrum
pretiosae. rectum.^Hirundinibus
hirundinis est
sunt rostra recta.—Caudae pavonum —Ne- sunt pulchrae.
mlni —
futura sunt nota. sunt Luf>i agnorum avidi carnis
tenerorum. — Lupi damnosi — Apollmis
fameiici carni eunt.'

causa multorum morborum.

sagittae priscis Grascis fuerunt

Apollinicorvus — invisus erat. sunt Platonis praecepta egre-

gia.

2. Nouns irU c f Z, ii, &r.

Lac est primum alimentum tenerorum liberorum. —Mus-

cae lacti noxiae sunt. —Sal et aromata sunt condimenta cibo-
rum. — Leones, lupi, elephanti et equi sunt animalia. — Ter-
ra est domicilium hominum— Venenumet animaliura. est

hominibus et —Decimae
animalibus mortiferum. et porto-

rium sunt —In

vectigalia. sunt —In
lectis cervicalia. alveari

est mel. —Ursi melli alvearium damnosi —In sunt. felle

est orlgo multorum morborum. — Iracundia periculosa felli

est.— Graecis Romanis erant

et —Janus, deus Ro- pugfles.
manorum, symbolum
fuit — Prudentia Cicero-
solis et anni.

nis consulis magna. — Brutus

fuit Collatinus fuerunt con- et

sules Romanorum. —Attagen — Ionia est avis. est patria at-

tagenis.— Attagenes erant Romanis deliciae.— Rhenus est

Digitized by Google
54 EXERCISES ON THE TIIIRD DECLENSION.

flumen. —Ripae Rheni fluminis sunt fecundae et amoenae.—

In Rheno flumine sunt multae insulae. —Danubius et Albia

sunt flumina. — Stramen, cardui, et folia sunt pabulum asi-

norum. — Nidi gallinarum sunt in stramine horreorum.

Carmina Horatii, poetae Romani, sunt imitationes poetarum
Graecorum. — Sol est —
lumen mundi. Gloria nominis Aes-
chyli, poetae tragici, estmagna. —Luscinia est oscen. — Lus-
—Rostra oscinum sunt
ciniae sunt oscines. recta et acuta.
Calcaris rotunda
rota est —Rotae calcarium
et dentata. sunt
— Formlcae apes sunt exemplaria
•

rotundae etdentatae. et in-

— Cochlearia sunt instrumenta neces-
dustriae et concordiae.

—Munificentia
saria. —Pompeius
Caesaris est nota. fuit Cae-

sari aflmis.— Hannibal Hamilcaris. —Aqufla

fuit filius est
amlca —Dii
jubaris solis. amlci
Graeci erant nectaris.
Lares erant dii Romanorum.—
ficti larum Aitare fuit in atrio.

—In hepate —In magno

est officlna fellis. acervo farris saepe

est magna copia curculionum.

»

3. Nouns in er, />r, ur.

Poena carceris viro ingenuo ignorniniosa est. —Ferrum

vomeris est durum. —Passer et anser sunt aves. — Passeres
et anseres sunt ave^.—Agrfcolae habent anseres, aratra, e;
vomeres. —Muri Babylonis fuerunt e — Zingiber lateribus. et
piper sunt aromata. — India patria est piperis zingiberis,
et pavonis. — Virus papaveris somniierum. — Cadavera
est
sunt nonnullis gratus
bestiis —Hasdrubal
cibus. fuit frater

Hannibalis Hamilcaris. —Accipitres

et filius falcones et
sunt hostes columbarum et gallinarum. —Exhalationes ter-
rae, maris et fluminum, sunt causa imbris. —Mala, pira et
uvae maturae sunt dona Octobris. —Hirundines sunt prae-
—Initium
4untiae veris. Martii.—Finis veris
veris est finis
—Vita nostra
est initium Julii. —In est
fidus iter. itinere

amicus necessarius — Aves sunt

est. — In aere incolae aeris.

sunt mari sunt

aves, in apes, in
pisces, in alveari ovili
oves.— Neptunus fuerunt
Jupiter, Pluto, et —Satur fratres.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION 55

nus fuit —Delus insula Apollini Dianae sacra

pater Jovis. et

fuit. —Jovi aquila sacra — Diana, soror

fuit. Apollinis, fuit
dea venationis. — Ignis causa —Galba suc-
est caloris. fuit

cessor imperatoris Neronis. — Puer carusattentus praeceptori

est. —Aqua pura neque saporem habet, neque odorem, neque
colorem. — Incolae desertorum sunt pastores, venatores, la-
trones, et mercatores. — Divitiae mercatorum sunt incertae.
Pallor labiorum est indicium terroris, aut morbi. —Gramen,
oryza et folia arborum sunt pabulum elephantorum. — Figura
cordis est oblonga. —Gracis priscis fuit sedes animi in fcar-
de. —Achilles fuit interfector Hectoris. — Poetae sunt amici
raurmuris rivorum. — Jupiter fuit deus fulguris. —Fulgura
habent odorem sulphuris. —Vultur et turtur sunt aves.
Avari vulturibus similes sunt. —Turtures sunt syrabdlum
amoris et amicitiae. —Tenebrae furi gratae sunt. — Neptunus
erat deus raaris ;
Mercurius, nuntius deorum, et deus elo-
quentiae, mercatorum et furum. —India est patria eboris.
Sunt multae statuae ex ebore. — In jecore est officina fellis.
Leo est symbolum roboris et animi magnitudinis.

4. Nouns in as, es.

Libertas est magnum bonum. —Initium aestatis est Julius.

— Finis aestatis est September. —Multi ludi sanitati pericu-

losi sunt. —
Apes et formicae sunt exemplaria sedulitatis.
—
Rostrum anatis est navum. Caro anatum et anserum est
cibus sapidus. — —
Jugulum maris attagenis est nigrum. Pal-
las fuit dea sapientiae. —Herculi populus sacra
—Astutia fuit.

vulpisest — Socrates praeceptor Xenophontis.

nota. fuit

Socratis
-ffischlnes, Atheniensis. — Numerus
discipulus, fuit
orationum Demosthenis magnus. — Aquilarum
oratoris est et

falconum plerumque sunt

nidi — Orestes in rupibus. fuit pri-

mus matriclda. — Feles sunt hostes avium. — In marium ripis

et fluminum plerumque sunt rupes. —iEschylus, Sophocles,

et EuripTdes fuerunt — Apollo inventor
poetae tragici. fuit

medicinae et antistes Musarum.—-Diana, dea venationis, fuit

Digitized by Google
56 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION.

Musarum. — Canes
soror Apollinis, antistltis sunt saepe in

—Pulcher equus
itinere comites viatorum. carus equiti est.

— sunt defensores
Milites — Vita militum
patriae. est honor-
—Pedites
ifica. sunt defensores
et equites — Luna patriae.

coraes
est —Lunae, comiti
et satelles terrae. et satelliti terra?,

—In mari fluminibus sunt

saepe est halo. et — gurgites. In
silvis sunt stipites, in campis tramites, in agris mergites.
Limites saepe sunt causae magnarum rixarum.—Raroi abie-
tum sunt sedes avium. Lana arietis — est alba aut nigra.
Parietes plerumque sunt e lateribus. —Interpres et satelles

Jovis fuit aquila. — Ministerium aquilae, interpretis et satel-

litis —Sine segete non messis.

Jovis, fuit honorificum. est
In cullnis sunt ollae, —Tapetes, imagines
patinae et lebetes.
et specula pulchra sunt ornamenta parietum. —Thales fuit

philosophus. — Miletus Thaletis

erat patria philosophi.
Natura magnetis mira. — Vita obsidum
est pericu- saepe est
losa.— —Praeceptores sunt
Jupiter erat praeses hospitalitatis.
praesidesscholarum. —Vermibus non sunt pedes. — Leones,
vulpes
lupi, feles, oves sunt quadrupedes. — Sunt
et multae
statuaeex —Ceres dea
aere. fuit —Proserpina
agriculturae.
fuit filia Cereris.

5. Nouns in is, os.

•

Cibi condimentum est fames, potionis sitis. —Mensis De-

cember est finis anni. — Accipitres et feles sunt hostes
avium. — Structura — Pisces sunt in-
auris est artificiosa.
colae marium, fluminum rivorum aves et — Nidi ; aeris. ci-
coniarum sunt — Apes habent
in altis tectis et in turribus.
reglnam. — Equites habent cassides. — Parietes multorum
aedificiorum sunt e —Pyramldes uEgyptiorum sunt
lapidibus.
magna —Thetis uxor
aedificia. fuit Pelei, patris Achillis.
Achilles Thetldis
fuit filius — Malum aureum et Pelei. fuit
donum —In pyxide Pandorae fuerunt
Erldis. multae molestiae.
—Paris Hectoris. — Limites
fuit frater sunt causae saepe
—Samnites
litis. populuserant —Romani fuerunt
bellicosus.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 57

victores Samnltium. —Carbones cineris saepe sunt causa

magnorum incendiorum.-Cucun.eres sunt cibus sapidus.-
Cauda gliris est longa. — Caudae glirium sunt longae. — Coi
est —Sacerdotes
receptaculum sangumis. sunt antistites
populi. —Elephantus —Romulus
est hostis rhinocerotis. et

Remus nepotes Numitoris. — Saepe

erant cibus ori gratus,
at stomacho noxius —Flores arborum
est. indicium sunt
—
veris. morum
Similitudo firmum vinculum
est amicitir;.

Vapores sunt causa

terrae — roris.magna. Duritia ossis est
Numerus ossium hominis magnus. — est cub- Salii fuerunt
todes ancilium. — Pastores custodes ovium. — Cauda
sunt
bovis est longa —Gramen
et pilosa. gratum pabu est bovi
—Gramen bubus bonum.
lura. est

6. Nouns in us.

Honos est praemium virtutis. — Virtuti nulla via invia est.

—Pietas et modestia sunt virtutes. —Modestia est orna-
mentum juventiitis, sapientia senectutis. —Vitia juventuti
perniciosa sunt. —In tellure sunt multa metaila. —Titanes
fuerunt filii Telluris. —Jupiter fuit praeses hospitalitatis et

foederum.— Vita, valetudo, et divitiae sunt munera benigni

dei.— Corpora inhumata sunt praeda vulturum. Leones —
sunt e genere felium. —
Dolores lateris sunt magnae moles-
—Lactuca
tiae. asparagi sunt
et — olera. Sol, stellae et terra

sunt opera dei. — Scelera fuerunt rulna

Catilinae civitatis.

Sol est oculus mundi dominus siderum.— Jecur,

et splen, et

renes, sunt — Vulnera militum sunt signum

viscera. fortitu-

dinis. — Venus uxor Vulcani. — Cupldo

fuit Veneris, fuit filius

dess gratiarum — Ulcera

et venustatis.sunt morbi corporis.
Mare habet — Gramen pabulum
litora. est—Candor pecoris.
et levitas sunt decora — Leporis
eboris. sunt pili rutili.

Silvae campi sunt domicilium leporum. —Asia

et est patria

turis. — vulneribus
^ln ulceribuset pus. — Ulpianus est fuit

conditor —Mures sunt

juris. elephantorum. —Feles
terror

sunt hostes murium.—Incudes et folles sunt instrumenta

58 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION.

necessaria fabrorum ferrariorum. — Ferrum incudis est du-

rum. —Aqua
paludum sanitati hominum noxia est. Si£ —
—
lutum gratum est. Semina cucumerum sunt pabulum suum.
—
-Nidus gruis est magnus. Grues habent colla pennata.

7. Nouns imbs, ls> ms, ns, ps, rs, and U

Corinthus fuit —Mummius devastator

urbs Graeciae. fuit

Corinthi, urbis —Berolmum, Vindobona, Londi-

Graeciac.
num, Novum Eboracum sunt
Parisii, et —Cives urbes. et

sunt defensores urbium. — Pontus

milites est patria chalybis.
—Arabia Arabum. — Nidi passerum plerumque sunt
est terra
in trabibus aedificiorum.— Puls fuit alimentum priscorum
Romanorum.— Liberi sunt amlci pultis. — Hiemsest tempus
quietis. —Hiemis initium est finis Novembris. — Infantis
cranium est tenerum. —Infantibus non est sermo. —Dentes
elephanti sunt ebur.—Aves habent cornea rostra sine denti-
bus.—Serpentibus non sunt pedes. — fons mul- Avaritia est
torum malorum. — Hellcon mons —In montibus
est Boeotiae.

est orlgo fontium. — Frondes sunt decus arborum. — Glandes

erant cibus priscorurn hominum. — Iuglandes sunt pueris et
puellis cibus —Polyphemus
gratus. Cyclops. —iEtna, erat
mons Siciliae, domicilium
erat Cyclopum. —Pelops erat
filiusTantali.— Peloponnesus, lingua Graeca, esJt^nsula
in
Pelopis. — Henrlcus, auceps, imperator Germanorwjp.
erat
Otto primus Henrici aucupis. — In principum
erat filius aiilis

olim sanniones — Principibus magna copia

fuerunt. est
tum —Artes sunt
et satellitum. imitationes naturae.-*-
est pars planta
assis • pars —Verba sunt parte^,
est pedis.
sermonis. —Romulus Remus, et Martis, erant conditore&
filii :

urbis Romae. — Mors miseriarum. — Divlteap;

est finis vitae et
et pauperes morti obnoxii —In sunt.
Palladis erat aeglde
caput Medusae.— Cranium, aures,
sunt partes et frons,
—Frontes sunt
capitis. frondes
in capitibus,
^ in arboribur.
v

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON <THE THIRD DECLENSION. 59

8. Nouns in Zx, nx, ax, ex.

Calces sunt partes pedum. —Falces sunt instrumenta

messorum. —Pretium pellis lyncis est magnum.—Arces
plerumque sunt in montibus et in rupibus. —Anseres Ju-
nonis fuerunt servatores arcis Romanae. — Milites sunt de-
fensores arcium et urbium. — Sarissac crant arma phalangis.
— Sphingi erat caput feminae. —Obsides sunt pigndra pacis.
— pace
In est salus populorum, non —
in bello. In conclavi-
bus sunt fornaces, specula, —
scrinia, et sellae. habent
Milites
enses, hastas, et thoraces. —Gnomon est indcx horarum.
Gnomones sunt indices horarum, flores veris. — Sub vertTce
capltis est cerebrum. — Viblces sunt signa verberum. —Deus
est rex regum ct —Reges principes
dominus dominorum. ct

sunt patres gentium. — Leges sunt fundamentum libertatis

et aequitatis. — Canes sunt custodes gregum a?dihciorum. et

—Anna Achillis fuerunt causa necis Ajacis. — Arietes, ver-

vcces, lepores, mures, glires, canes, leones, et tigres Bunt
quadrupedes. — Caro vcrvecum est cibus divitum et paupe-
rum. — RemTges Romanorum erant ser\'i. — Eloquenlia est
juveni nccessaria, seni jucunda. — Capilli senum plerumque
sunt cani. — Magnificentia supellectflis regum cst magna.

9. Nouns in ix, ox, ux.

Homines ct animalia habent cervices. —Vulnera et cica-

trlces militum sunt signa fortitudinis. — Aquilae, corvi, vul-

tures, pavones, anseres, anates, cormces, perdlces, passeres,

grues, hirundines et strntliiones sunt aves. — Jn lodicibus
sunt pluina? aut lana. — Semen et radix colchlci sunt vene-
num. — Nidi coturnlcum sunt in segetibus. — Phoenlces erant
nautae — Tyrus erat urbs Phcenlcum. — RadTces arbo-
perlti.

rum sunt in terra. — Graecia fuit inventrix, Roma conserva-

trix artium. — Ceres fuit inventrix agriculturae. —ProserpTna
Cereris, inventrlcis agriculturac.
fuit filia Tnfellci est inno- —
centia felicitas.— Poma, herbae, et cortex arborum sunt pa-
bulum hystncis. — In cervicibus hystricum sunt innumerae
60 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION.

setae. —In frondibus lancis saepe sunt nidi avium. —Insecta

et herbae sunt pabulum natricis. — Multa insecta hominibus
sunt molesta, ut pulices, cimices, et muscae. —Nix grando et

suntaqua congelata. — Nubes sunt causa pluviae, nivis,gran-t

dinis et fulguris. — Oculi strigis sunt magni. —Lepores,

mures, aves, et insecta sunt pabulum —Sonus
strigium.
vocis strigis auribus hominum ingratus est. —Nox est tem-
pus —
quietis. Tenebrae noctis strigibus gratae sunt. — Cap-
padoces fuerunt populus —Geneva oppidum Al
Asiae. fuit

lobrogum. — Nucleus nucis esculentus. —Nuces oryza

est et

sunt exoptatus cibus — Hannibal

simiis. Hasdrubal erant et

duces Carthaginiensium. — Lux imago, nox est vitae mortis.

—Noctuae sunt —Leda
inimicae luci. conjux Tyndari, erat
regis Lacedaemonis. —Castor Pollux fuerunt et Ledae, filii

conjugis Tyndari, Lacedaemonis.

regis — Helena Cly- et

taemnestra fuerunt sorores Castoris —Far, hor- et Pollucis.

deum,, sunt
et triticum —Fauces leonum sunt se-
fruges.
pulcrum multarum bestiarum. — Faex adusti cerevisiae et vini
est pabulum suum et boum.

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

The poems of Homer are Poema Homerus sum pul-

beautiful. cher. #
The islands of the sea are Insula mare sum multus.
many*
There are large sheepfolds in Sum magnus ovile rus.
the country.
Many seas were unknown to Romanus sum multus mare
the Romans. ignotus.
The daggers of robbers are Pugio praedo sum parvus sed
small but sharp. acutus.
The stings of scorpions are Aculeus kcorpio &um tenena-
poisonous. tu».

Digitized by
 EXERCISES 0N THE THIRD DECx^ilJiON. 61

He has the hatred of a multi- Odium habeo multitudo ho

tude of tnen. mo.
Toads are often found in Bufo saepe sum inventus in
rocks. rupes.
Swallows are a sign of spring. Hirundo sum signum ver.
He has plenty of milk in the Copia lac habeo in vas.
vessel.

There is plenty of salt and Copia sal et aroma est in

spices in the food. cibus.
The shores of the sea are of- Litus mare sum saepe pericu-
ten dangerous. lo8us.
The banks of the river Rhine Ripa flumen Rhenus sum
are often clad with vines. ssepe vitis vestitus.
The Thames and Seine are Tamesis et Sequana sum flu-

rivers of great name. vius raagnus nomen.

The temple has altars, and a Templum habeo altare, et sta-
statue of Ccesar, the Roman tua Caesar, iroperator Ro
commander. manus.
The door of the prison is open Carcer janua est Hannibal
to Hannibal. apertus.
The sepulchre of the brothers Sepulchrum frater et soror
and sisters of Hamilcar Hamilcar fulmen percus-
was struck by lightning. sus sum.
The memory of Cicero,prinee Memoria Cicero, princeps
of orators, is still dear to orator, sum carus adhuc
young men and old. juvenis et senex.
The friendship of a surety is Amicitia vas sum verus ami-
true friendship. citia.

The eloquence of Demosthe- Demosthenes, orator Graecus,

neSj the Greek orator y is eloquentia sum verus ge-

of the true kind. nus.

The tongue is the interpreter Lingua sum cor interpres.

of the heart.
The stones of the wall are Lapis paries sum niger.
hlack.
6

Digitized by
.62 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION

The bottom of the box has Fundum pyxis habeo multus

many holes. foramen.
Plenty offish, and cucumbers, Copia piscis, et cucumis, et

and apples. malum.

The nature of fishes and ser- Natura piscis et serpens sum
pents is knoum to the rower notus remex et comes.
and his companions.
The odour of the fiowers of Odor flos ver sum naris gra
spring is grateful to the tus.

nostrils.

The tops of the pyramids are Culmen pyramis sum latus et

broad andflat, not pointcd. planus, non acutus.
In Egypt, the Arabs are the In iEgyptus, Arabs sum dux
guides of travellers. viator.

The helmets of the horsemen Cassis eques sum ferreus.

are iron.
Pains of the sides are often Dolor latus sum saepe causa
a cause of death to women mors mulier et homo.
and men.
He has ulcers of the lungs. Habeo ulcus pulmo.
The Cyclopes were in the bow- Cyclops sum in viscus mons,
elsof the mountain, but the at sonitus incus sum audi-
sound of the anvils was tus comes Ulysses in na
heard by the companions of vis.

Ulysses in the ships.

The fields have plenty of ma- Ager habeo copia stercus.
nure.
Pietyis thegreatest of virtues. Pietas sum maximus virtus.
The Scipios were the lights of Scipio sum lumen civitas
the state.

Bad citizens are the ruin of Malus civis sum ruina urbs.
cities.

Scythia was the native coun- Scythia sum patria hiemp.

try of winter, and snow, et nix, et tempestas. $
ond tempests.

Digitized by Google
 THIRD DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 63
The water offountains isgood
Aqua fons bonus sum pecus
for and for man.
cattle et homo.
Mtnerva was in the head of Minerva sum in caput Jupi-
Jupiter. f ter.
ichilles has a wound in his Achilles habeo vulnus in
heeh calx.
The soldiers of the Macedo- Miles phalanx Macedonicus
nian phalanx have long habeo longus hasta.
spears.
There are often crosses on the 1 In ecclesia turris saepe
towers of churches. \ crux.

XXXI. THIRD DECLENSION OF ABJECTIVES.

L
Adjectives of the third declension follow, as has al-
ready been said, the third declension of nouns.
II. These adjectives are divided into two classes, the
first having two terminations, one for the masculine and
feminine, and another for the neuter ; and the second class
having but one termination throughout for all the genders.

1. Adjectives of two terminations.

I. These consist of adjectives ending in is, is, e, and of
comparatives in or, or, us, that is, having one and the same
termination (is in the case of the fonner, or in that of the
tatter) for the masculjnjpand feminine, and another (e in
the case of the former, us in that of the latter) for the neu-
ter gender.
II. Their respective declensions are as follows

Masc. " Fem. Neut.

Brevis, Breve, "short."
Singular. Plural.
N. Brev-is, -is, -e, N. Brev-es, -es, -ia,

G. Brev-is, -is, -is, G. Brev-ium, -ium, -ium,

D. Brev-i, -i, D. Brev-ibus, -ibus, -ibus,
Ac. Brev-em, -em, -e, Ac. Brev-es, -es, -ia,

V. Brev-is, -is, -e, V. Brev-es, -es, -ia,

Ab Brev-i, -i. -i. Ab. Brev-ibus, -ibus, -ibus.

Digitized by Google
64 ADJECTIVES.

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Brevior, Brevior, Brevius, " shorter"

Singular.
N. Brev-ior, -ior, -iua
. — •
G. Brev-idris, -ioris,

D. Brev-iori, -iori, -iori,

Acc. Brev-iorem, -iorem, -ius.

V. Brev-ior, -ior, -ius.

Ab. Brev-iore or -idri, -iore or iori, -iore or

Plural.
N. Brev-iores, -iores, -iora,

G. Brev-iorum, -iorum, -iorun\,

D. Brev-ioribus, -ioribu8, -ioribus,

Acc. Brev-iores, -iores, -iora,

V. Brev-iores, -iores, -iora,

Ab. Brev-ioribus, -ioribu8, -ioribus.

III. Several adjectives in is 9 is, e,have also, in the nom

inative and vocative singular masculine, a specific ending
in er besides the termination in is. In other respects they
are declined like brevis. Thus,

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Acer or Acris, Acris, Acre, "keen"

Singular. Plural.
N. Ac-er or -ris, -ris, -re, N. Acr-es, -es, -ia,

G. Acr-is, -is, -is, G. Acr-ium, -ium, -ium,

•

D. Acr-i, -i, D. Acr-ibus, -ibus, -ibus f

Acc. Acr-em, -em, -e, Acc. Acr-es, -es, -ia,

V. Ac-er or -ris, -ris, -re, V. Acr-es, -es, -ia,

Ab. Acr-i, -i, -i. Ab. Acr-ibus, -ibus, -ibus

IV. The nominative masculine in is is raiely used in

prose for the adjectives in the preceding paragraph.
V. The following are some of the others declined like

acer.

Digitized by
 ADJECTIVES

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Aiacer or Alacris, AlScris, Alacre.
Celeber n Celebris, Celebris, Celebre.
Celer, u Celeris, Celeris, Celere.
tt
Campester Campestris, Campestris. Campestre.
tt
Equester
S>
Equestris, Equestris, Equestre.
tt
Pedester Pedestris, Pedestris, Pedestre.
tt
Paluster Palustris, Palustris, Palustre.
cc
Saluber Salubris, Salubris, Salubre.
tt
Volucer Volucris, Volucris, Volucre.

VI. All other adjectives besides those thus far mentioned

have only one ending in the nominative singular for all
genders ;
as, feltx, prudens, solers, and the participles in
ns ; as, amans, monens, &c.
VII. In some of the other cases, however, they have, as
will be perceived, two terminations, namely, one for the
masculine and feminine, and another for the neuter. Thus,

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Felix, Felix, Felix, « happy."

Singular.
N. Fel-ix," -ix,

G. Fel-Tcis, -Icis, -Icis,

D. Fel-Ici, -Ici, -Ici,

•

Acc. Fel-Icem, -Tcem, -ix,

V. Fel-ix, -ix, -ix,

Ab. Fel-ice or -ici, -Ice or -Ici, -Ice or -Ici

*

Plural.
N. Fel-Ices, -Ices, -Icia,

G. Fel-Icium, -Icium, -Icium,

D. Fel-Icibus, -Icibus, -Icibus,

I . The more accurate division, so as to show both the root and ter
mination, would be as follows : Nom Felie-s ; Gen. Felic-is ; Dat,
Fclic-i, 6lc.
6*

Digitized by
66 ADJECTIVES.
— *

-
Acc. Fel-ices, -Ices, -lcia,

V; Fel-Ices, -Ices, -1C1B,

*

* •
Ab. Fel-Icibus, -Tcibus r -Icibns.

Masc. Fem, Neut.

Audax, Audax, Audax, " bold*

Singular.
N. Aud-ax/ -ax, -ax,
G. Aud-acis, -acis, -acis,

D. Aud-aci, -aci, -aci,

Acc. AuJ-acem, -acem, -ax,

V. Aud-ax, -ax, -ax,
Ab. Aud-ace or -aci, -ace or -aci, -ace or a<

Plural.
N. Aud-aces, -aces, -acia,
G. Aud-acium, -acium, -acium,
D. Aud-acibus, -acibus, -acibus,
Acc. Aud-aces, -aces, -dcia,
V. Aud-aces, -aces, -acia,
Ab. Aud-acibus, -acibus, -acibus.

Masc. Fem. Neut. <

Prudens, Prudens, Prudens, " prudent."

Singular. m •

N Prud-ens, 2
-ens, -ens,
G. Prud-entis, -entis, -entis,
* *

D. Prud-enti, -enti, + -enti,

Acc. Prud-entem, -entem, -ens,
V. Prud-ens,
*
-ens, -ens,
Ab. Prud-ente or -enti, -ente or -enti, -ente or -

1. More accurate division, Nom. Audac-s : Gen. Audac-is ; Dat

Audac-i, &c.
2. More accurate division, Nom. Pruden(t)-s, where the / of the root
is droppeA before * lbr euphony ; Gen. PrudentAs ; Dat. Prudent-i, &c.

Digitized by Google
 ADJECTIVES. 67

Plural.
N. Prud-entes, -entes, -entia,

G. Prud-entium, -entium, -entium,

D. Prud-entibus, -entibus, -eutibus,
Acc. Prud-entes, -entes, -entia,

V. Prud-entes, -entes, -entia,

Ab. Prud-entibus, -entibus, -entibus.

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Amans, Amans, Amans, " loving."
Singular.
N. Am-ans, 1 -ans, -ans,
G. Am-antis, -antis, -antis,

D. Am-anti, -anti, -anti,

Acc. Am-antem, -antem, -ans,

V. Am-ans, -ans, -ans,
Ab. Am-ante or -anti, -ante or -anti, -ante or -anti

Plural.
N. Am-antes, -antes, -antia,

G. Am-antium, -antium, -antium,

D. Am-antibus, -antibus, -antibus,
Acc. Am-antes, -antes, -antia,
V. Am-antes, -antes, -antia,

Ab^ Am-antibus, -antibus, -antibus.

VIII. Tlie adjective Plus, " more," is only neuter in the

singular, while in the plural it is of all three genders. The
dative and ablative^ingular, however, are seldom, if ever,
found.
Singular.
N. Plus, Acc. Plus,
G. Plur-is, V. Plus,
D. Plur-i, Ab. Plur-e ?r -i.

1. More accurate division, Nora. Aman{tys ; Gen. Amant-is, &c.,as

In ^rudens.

Digitized by Google
68 adJectives.

Plural.
1
N. Plur-es, -es, -a,7

G. PKir-ium, -ium, -ium,

D. Plur-ibus, -ibus, -ibus,

Acc. Plur-es, -es, -a,

V. Plur-es, -es, -a,

Ab. Plur-ibus, -ibus, -ibus.

IX. The ablative singular pf adjectives in is, is, e, and

er or is, is, e, ends in i ; as, brevi, acri.

X. The ablative singular of comparatives, and of adjec-

tives with one termination, ends in e or i ; as, majore or
2
majort ; breviore or breviori ; felice or felici ; prudente or
prudcnti.
XI. Participles,when used as adjectives, make the abla-
tive in e or i ; when used as participles.
but only in e
XII. All adjectives and participles which make their
ablative singular in t only, or in e and i, make the neuter
plural in ia, except comparatives ; os,felicia, amantia; but
majora, doctiora?
XIII. In the genitive plural all words make ium which
have ia in the nominative ; as, felicium, amantium. To
which add plurium and complurium. The rest have um, as
veterum, doctiorum.*

1. We find plura in writers of the best age. The compound complu-

res, on the other hand, has both complura and compluria.
2. In comparatives the termination e is preferable, as agreeing with
the usage of the best prose writers.
3. Vetus makes vetera. The adjective plus has already been referred
to in note 1. Dives makes in the plural ditia, contracted from divilia.
Such forms as victrix, &c, though properly feminine substantives, aro
used as neuter in the plural ; as, victricia bella.
4. Calebs, princeps and particeps, celer, degener, divcs, inops, memor
and immemor, pubes and impubes (plur. pubercs), quadruplex, supplex,
vetus, uber, and the compounds of color and of facio (cnding in fex),
have um. The adjectives in ccps, gen. -cipitis (from caput), anceps,
prmceps, biceps, triceps, make ium, sometimes syncopated into um. jvi-
guam and frugi are indeclinable. The latter is properly the dative of
the obsolete frux.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES 69

XXXII. EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD

DECLENSION.
L
Translate the following, and show the number, gender,
and case.

Somnus morti — Oculi sunt

simllis est. mobHes. rotundi et
— — Vanitas pavonum
Tigris habet incredibilem velocitatem.
versicolorum —Campania habet vina
est ridicula. nobilia.
Cos sunt
et silex —Pax omnibus bonis op-
lapides vulgares.
— Nonnulla aromata sunt
tabilis est. —Adolescenti- salubria.

bus praecepta senum — Saccharum

utilia sunt. cst dulce. *

Platina esldurum, plumbum molle metallum. — Leones sunt

audaces, rapaces,
robusti, magnanimi. — et divitum In culinis
et pauperum sunt vasa — Murium rlctilia. hostes naturaJes
sunt —Reglna apum
feles. — Lignea
ceteris dissimilis est.
alvearia sunt domicilium apum, opificum dulcis mellis.
Spatiosa et alta conclavia sunt salubria.
Felices homines diis similes sunt. —Judicia multitudinis
credulae sunt mutabilia. —Motio corpori necessaria et salu-
taris est.— Pueri alacres sunt — sunt ce-
laudati. Stelliones
leres.— Avium rapacium sunt adunca. — Diligentes
rostra
pueri sunt gaudium parentum. — Panis recens non est salu-

ber.— Veteribus Gallis erant torques — Leones sunt aurei.

robusta ferocia animalia. — In multis

et sunt mollia lectis

cervicalia.— Gramen molle. — Lumen

viride est coeleste est

fons omnis — Nomina multorum poctaruin

vitae. suntillustria.

— Causa ongo nubium sunt vapores surgentes. — Odor

et

faeni recentis noxius. — Ador

est — Cor mortale,
est utile.

animus immortalis est.

Arbores sunt indices

florentes —Ros matutlnus
veris.

herbis salutaris —Cotes sunt

est. — Ossa
durae et utiles.

infantium sunt tenera — Senes plerumque sunt

et mollia.

raorosi, juvenes —Sal5mo rex sapiens. — Prover-

leves. erat

bia Salomonis, regis —Cives .regum sapientium

sapientis.

Digitiz^d by
 70 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES.

—Nuces dulces
sunt felices. —Acinaces
sciuris gratae sunt.
i

eratbrevis curvatus et —Nectar dulcegladius. erat diis

deabusque gratum. — Passeres edaces maturo damnosi farri

sun — jEtas
t. habet magnum robur
virilis corporis et et ani-

m — Omne corpus
i. mutabile. — Crocodilus
est animal est

—Supplices preces deo sunt acceptae.— Frutices

terribile.

humiies a fulmine tutae sunt.— Plumse nonnullarum avium

suntver8icolores. — jEstas frugifera est aetativirili similis.—
Inhumanitas est omni aetati molesta. —Vidla habet suavem
odorem. '

II.
»

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

Africa is the native country Africa sum patria rapax leo.

of ravenous lions.
Sparrows are active, vora- Passer sum celer, edax, et

cious, and thievisk. furax.

> Not all geese are tame ; there Non omnis anser sum cicur

are wild geese. sum anser ferus.

The tomb of Semiramis, a Sepulchrum Semiramis, po-

powerful and illustrious tens et illustris regina.

queen.
The foot forces were brave Pedestris copia sum fortis et

and swift. celer.

The spring is healthful for Ver sum homo salubris.

?nen.

Pepper ispungent, ripe grapes Piper sum acer, uva maturus

are sweet. sum dulcis.

The onset of brave and rapid Impetus.fortis et celer eque*.

horsemen.
The ancient Laconians were Vetus Laco sum fortis miles.
9

brave soldiers.
A green sod is the sign of Cespes viridis sum index ver
approaching spring. appropinquans.

Digitized by Google
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 71

Tjife is a short joumey Vita sum brevis iter.

In marshy regions there are In regio palustris sum multus

many wooden bridges. pous ligneus.
The beginnings of doubtful Initium fortuna anceps.
fortune.
The eyebrows are moveable. Supercilium sum mobilis
Peacocks have uglyfeet. Pavo habeo pes turpis.
History is the narrative of Historia sum narratio factum
memorable transactions. memorabilis.
Soft heaps of fresh straw. lAcervus mollis recens stra-
men.
Tigers are swift, cruel, and Tigris sum pernix, crudeli*,

ravenous. et rapax.

The death of the rich Crcesus, Mors dives Croesus, rex in-
an unhappy king. telix.

Old wines are superior. Vetus vinum sum praestans.

The bodies of worms are soft. Vermis corpus sum mollis.
The crocodile has dull eyes in Crocodilus habeo hebes ocu«
the water. lus in aqua.
Strokes of lightning are rapid Fulmen sum celer et terribi-
and terrible. lis.

XXXIII. FOURTH DECLENSION.

I. Nouns of the fourth declension end in us or u.
II. Nouns in us are generally masculine, sometimes fem-

inine. Nouns in u are neuter, and are indeclinable in the

singular.
III. The folE&ring are the terminations of nouns in us

Singular Plurql.
N. iis N. us,
G. vs, G. xtum,
D. Ul, D. tbus,
Acc. ArCC. us,
v. tts, V. us,
Ab. u. Ab. ibus.

Digitized by
72 FOURTH DECLENSION.

IV. The tennination us of the genitive singular is con-

tracted from an old ending uis ; and, in like mannor, the
ending of the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural is

contracted from ues.

V. These old endings in uis and ues show clearly that
the fourth declension was originally only a branch of the
third.

VI. The declension of nouns in us is as follows :

Fructus, "fruitr
Singular. Plural.
N. Fruct-us, N. Fruct-us,
G. Fruct-iis, G. Fruct-uum,
D. Fruct-ui, D. Fruct-ibus,
Acc. Fruct-um, Acc. Fruct-us,
V. Fruct-us, V. Fnict-us,
Ab Fruct-u. Ab. Fruct-ibus.

Currus, " a chariot."

Singular. Plural.
N. Curr-us, '

N. Curr-us,
G. Curr-us, G. Curr-Gum,
D. Curr-ui, D. Curr-ibus,
Acc. Curr-um, Acc. Curr-us,
V. Curr-us, V. Curr-us,
Ab. Curr-u. Ab. Curr-ibus.

VII. The declension of neuters in u is as follow

Comu, « a horn."

Singular. Plural.
N. Corn-u, N. Corn-ua,
G. Corn-u, G. Corn-uum,
D. Corn-u, D. Cora-ibus,
Acc. Corn-u, Acc. Corn-ua,
V. Corn-u, V. Corn-ua,
Ab. Corn-u. Ab. Corn-ibus.

Digitized by Google
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 73

VIII. The foUowingwords,belonging to this declension,

have ubus instead of ibus in the dative and ablative plural.
Acus, a needle. Partus, a birth.
Arcus, a bow. Pecu, cattle.

Artus, ajoint. Portus, a harbour.

Ficus, 1 a fig- Specus, 2 a den.
Genu, a knee. Tribus, a tribe.

Lacus, a lake. Veru, a spit.

IX^ Trie followinor worrl i(3 111 JJLo dl t> 1 t/IIlllllIJty*

Acus, a needle.
Anus, an old wornan.
Domus, a house.
Manus, a hand.
Nurus, a daughter-in-law.
Socrus, a mother-in-law.
Porticus, aportico.
Tribus, a tribe.

Quercus, an oak.
Ficus, a fig-
Idus, the ides of the month.
Quinquatrus, a festival of Minerva.

X. A genitive in i was formed from some nouns in us,

according to the second declension, and this form found is

in good prose writers ;

as, for example, senati and tumulti
in Sallust.

XI. A dative in u instead of ui is very often employed,

especially in Caesar.
XII. The noun Domus is both of the fourth and second
declensions; thus:

1. Instead of ficubusvre find ficis (from ficus, gen. -i) commonly used.
Porlus and tonttru, " thunder," have both ubus and ibus, but portubus
and tonitribus are bcst.
2. Specus is masculine, but in the poets and in the nominative it is
found as a neuter. Penus is of three forms, namely, penus, gen. -us t
of the fourth declension, masculine ; penum, gen. -i, of the second, neu-
ter; and penus, gen. -dri*, of the third, neuter.
7

Digitized by
 74 EXEUCISES ON THE FOURTH DECLENSION.

Domus, a housc"
Singular» Plural
N. Domus, N. Dom-us,
G. Dora-us or I, G. Dom-orum or uum.
D. Dom-ui or 6, D. Dom-ibus,
Acc. Dom-um, Acc Dom-us,
V. Dom-us, V. Dom-us,
Ab. Dom-o. Ab. Dom-ibus.
XIII. The genilive domi is only used in the sense of
" at home." On all other occasions domus is employed.

XXXIV. EXERCISES ON THE FOURTH DECLENSION.

I.

Translate the following, and show the agrecment or gov

ernment in each clause or phrase.
Risus est signum gaudii. —Cordis situs est in sinistro lat-
ere pectoris. — Glandes illcis sunt victus hominum. — Sensus
hominum sunt, visus, audltus, olfactus, gustus, et tactus.
Canis est custos domus. —Canes sunt custodes domuum et

greguni —Legiones Romanae

— Oculi sunt instrumenta visus.
erant —Pueri sunt amici
partes exercitus. —Rubor lusus.
vultus plerumque
,
signum est — Currui sunt pudoris. rotae,

domui mari
januae, urbi portae, — Hippopotamus habet
portus.
jubam hinmtum
et — Omne animal habet sensum
equi. visus,

—Est
olfactus, gustus, et tactus. Taciti de mor libellus situ,

ibus, etpopulis Germaniae. — Labor venatu, fames, in sudor,

et erant condimenta
sitis Laconum. — Magistratus
coenae
sunt —
praesldes populi. campi, montes specus,
Silvae et et
sunt domicilia multorum animalium.
lacus, rivi et flumina,
Motus artuum opus animi, non
est —Magna est corporis.
fructuum —Fructus quercuum pabulum suum.
varietas. est
'
Cerebrum sedes sensuum. — Voluptas sensibus grataest.
est
— Domibus sunt curribus urbibu3
januae, mari- rotae, portag,

bus —Fluctus maris

portus. sunt sepulcmm^aiultorum
saepe
navigatorum. — In maris sunt
fluctibus —In por- multi pisces.

f
Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE FOURTH DECLENSION. 75

tubus et lacubus sunt pisces et naves, in specubus montium

ferae. —Vis tonitru non — Cornua,
est parva. ungues, dentes,
sunt arma animalium. — Genu pars humani.
est corporis
Stapiarum usus veteribus ignotus —Cantus fuit. lusciniae

auribus jucundus —Versus poematum Homeri sunt

est. pul-
chri.—Arcui sunt
coelesti —Ficus sunt
varii'coldres. fructus

dulces. — exercituum Romanorum erant

Milites fortes.

Morsus aspidis est mortifer.

n.
Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

Bows and arrows were former- Arcus et sagitta sum olim

ly the arms of soldiers and arma railes et venator.
hunters.
The issues of all wars are Exitus omnis bellum sum in
uncertain. certus.
The cook has a spit in his Coquushabeo veru inmanus.
hand.
Spits are the implements of Veru sum instrumentum co-
cooks. quus.
Trembling of the knees is a Tremor genu sum indicium
sign of fear. metus.
Ripe fruits are sweet and Fructus maturus sum dulcis
*

juicy. etsuccdsus.
The stag has a keen scent, CerVus habeo olfactus subti-
acute hearing, and sharp lls, audltus acutus, et visus

sight. acer.

Thc stone bridge has many Pons lapideus habeo multus

arches. arcus.
The use of knives at supper Usus culter in coena erat ig-
was unknown to the Greeks notus Graecus et Romanus
and Romans.
In good narbours ships are In bonus portus navis a pro
safe from storms. colla tutus sum.

Digitized by Google
76 FIFTH DECLENSION

A large heap ofjigs andfruits Magnus acervus ficus et fruc-

in the two harbours. tus in duo portus.
The solBiers of the two armies Miles duo exercitus sum cus-
were guardians of the har- tos portus.

bours.
The hands are necessary for Manus
>
sum homo necessa-
man. rius.

Avaricious men have long Avarus habeo longus manus.

hands.
The laurel was sacred to Laurus sum sacer Apollo.
Apollo.
Jron needles are useful in- Acus ferreus sum instrumen-
struments. tum utilis.
The porticoes of the public Portlcus domus/ publicus
buildings of the Greeks Grascus et Romanus sum
and Romans were splendid. magnificus.
In the tall oak nests are safe. In altus quercus nidus sum
tutus.
The mother-in-law is dear to Socrus carus sum nurus.
the daughter-in-law.
The cold of winter is often Gelu hiems ssepe sum acu-
sharp. tus.

XXXV. FIFTH DECLENSION.

1. AU the words of the fifth declension end in es ; and
the scheme of terminations is as follows :

Singular. Plural.
N. e^, N. es,

G. et, G. crum.
D. et, D. ebuSj
Acc. em, Acc. esj

V. es, V. es,

Ab. e. Ab. ebus.

II. The form of declension, in accordance with these

terminations, is as follows :

Digitized by
 EXERCISES ON THE FIFTII DEC3LEJVSION. 77

Dies. "
toing^uiar. flural.
N il. lii-es,
Tli oi
vjr. jji-ei, Ijr. Di-erum,
D. Di-ei, D. Di-ebus,
Acc. Di-em,* Acc. Di-es,
V. Di-es, V. Di-es,
Ab. Di-e. Ab. Di-ebus.

III. Only three words, dies, res, and species, have the
plural complete ; and Cicero condemns even specierum and
speciebus.
IV. When a consonant precedes ei in declining, the e is
short ;
as, jidei, rei. When a vowel precedes ei, the e is
long ;
as, diei, maciei.

V. An old form of the genitive singular is e for ei, which

is used occasionally by some of the best writers ;
as, pcr-
nicie for perniciei, acie for aciei.

VI. Words of the fifth declension are feminine, with thc

exception of dies, which is masculine and feminine in the
singular, but masculine only in the plural. Meridies, " mid-
day," is masculine only, and does not occur in the plural 1

XXXVI. EXERCISES ON THE FIFTR' DECLENSION.

I.

Translate the following, and show the agreement or

government in each clause or phrase.

Facies est pars capitis. —Oculi et nasus sunt partes

faciei. —Fides est justitiae fundamentum. —Fundamenta fidei

Christianae sunt stabilia. —Dies est pars hebdomadis, heb-

l. Dies is most commonly masculine

in prose. Cicero uses it as
a femioine equivalent to length of time, when it means a day
when it is

fixcd and appointed, especially in judicial proceedings, &c. The com-

mon rule, that dies is masculine when it is spoken of a specified day,
and feminine when used to indicate duration of time, is not, therefore,
sufficiently exact.
7*

Digitized by Google
78 EXERCISES ON TIIE FIFTH DECLENSION.

domas pars mensis, mensis pars anni, annus est pars aeter-

nitatis. — Sol matutinus est index —Crystallo

diei. est gla-
ciei forma. — Meridies est media pars — diei. Hilaritas
faciei est argumentum innocentiae. —Vitra ocularia aciei
oculorum noxia sunt. — Baculus integer in aqua fracti spe-
ciem habet. — In superficie sunt montes, valles, maria,
terrae

lacus, ilumina et — Jucunda est rerum vicissitudo.

rivi.

Fratribus interdum mira est similitudo facierum. — Primus

hebdomadis dies est dies solis. — Dies festi sunt mobiles
aut immobiles. —Res humanae sunt fragiles et caducae.
Facies humanae sunt diversae. —Ciceronis consilia reipub-
licae Romana3 salutaria fuerunt. — In promontorio bonae spei
cst mite coelum. — Historia est narratio rerum memorabil-
ium. — Superficies maris est vasta.

n.
Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.
The length of days and nights Longitudo dies et nox sum
is diffcrenU diversus.
The year has days, the day Annus habeo dies, dies habeo
has hours. hora.
Hcns and doves have craws. Gallina et columba habeo in-
gluvies.
Thcre are many aspects of In terra sum multus facies
guilt on earth. scelus.
There are diffcrent spccies of Sum ditrersus species piscis.
fishes.
Farmers have cars and many Agricola habeo currus, et
other useful things. multus alius res utilis.

Thcre are many things in the Multus res sum in conclave

apartments of dwellings. domus.
The beginning of many thtngs Initium multus res est diffi-
is difficult. cilis.

Boys always have good hopes. Puer semper habeo bonus

spes.

Digitized by
 DIFPERENT MEANINGS IN THE TWO NUMBERS. 79

He has a handsome face, but Facies formosus habeo, sed

a bad heart. malus cor.
Vices are a cause of ruin to a Vitium sum causa peraicies
state. civitas.

The Romans have their line Romanus habeo acies in-

of battle draum up. structus.

Sorrow is often the cause of Moeror sum scpe causa ma-
leanness. cies.

XXXVII. NOUNS HAVING PARTIALLY DIFFERENT

MEANINGS IN THE TWO NUMBERS.
I. In the following nouns the plural has a different mean-
ing from the singular, but nearly allied to it, namely.

Singular.
JSdes, a temple.
Aqua, water.
Auxilium, help.

Bonura, something good.

Carcer, a prison.
Castrum, afort.
Comitium, a part of tlie Roman forum.
Copia, ahundance.
Cupedia, daintiness.
Facultas, power to do something.
Fortuna, fortune.
Hortus, a garden.
Litera, a letter of the alphabet.

Natalis (dies), birthday.

1
(Ops, obsol.) Opis, help.

Opera, labour.
Pars, a part.
Rostrum, a beak of a ship.
Sal, salt.

1. The nominative Ops is out of use or obsolete. Of the ob.ique

cases in the singular, the genitivc, accusative, and ablative, namoiy,
opis, opcm, opc, are employed. Tbe plural is all in uso, namely, opes,
opum, opibu3 % &c.

Digitized by Google
 80 DIFFERENCE OF MEANING IN NUMBER.

Plural
jEdes, a house.
Aquae, medicinal springs,
Auxilia, auxiliary troops.
Bona, property.
Carceres, barriers of a race-course.
Castra, a camp.
Comitia, assembly for election.
Copiae, troops.
Cupediae, 1
dainties.
Facultates, property.
Fortunae, goods offortune.
Horti, pleasure-grounds.
Literae, an epistle.
Natales, birth, high or low.
Opes, power^ wealth.
Operae, workmen.
Partes, (commonly) a party.
C the raised place from which
Rostra,
\ the orators spoke.
Sales, witticisms.

XXXVIII. NOUNS HAVING TOTALLY DIFFERENT MEAN-

INGS ACCORDING TO NUMBER OR GENDER.
Singular.
Lustrum, a space offve years.
2
Fastus (us), pride.
Forum, a market-place.
Tempus, time.

Plural.
Lustra, dens of wild beasts.
Fasti (orum), a calendar.
Fori, passages.
Tempora, the temples of the head.
1 . And also cupedia, in the neuter plural.
2. Of the fourth declension in the singular, aud of the second iu the
plural.

Digitized
 HETEROCLITES. 8i

XXXIX. HETEROCLITES.
I. Heteroclites are words whicli vary in their declension,

having two different forms either throughout or in some o\

their cases. If the gender also varies they are called Het-

erogenea.
II. Forms of the two different declensions ar© found 1*

the following

Jugerum, " an acre?

SlW P^lllflTm Plurai
N. Jugerum, l N Juprera

G. Jugeri and Jugeris,

1
G. Jugerorum ap*l J ugcrum
D. Jugero, D. Juseris and Xufrctibus,

Acc. Jugerum, Acc. Jugera,

V. Jugerum, V. Jugera,

Ab. Jugero and Jugere. Ab. Jugeris and Jugv riVus.

Laurus, " a laureV

y

Singular. Plural.

N. Laurus (2d &4thDec), N. Lauri and Laurus,

G. Lauri and Lauriis, G. Laurorum and Lauruuc!\

I>. Lauro, D. Lauri8,

Acc. Laurum, Acc. Lauros and Laurus,

V. Laure, V. Lauri,

Ab. Lauro atid Lauru. Ab. Lauris.

III. Pinus, "a pine-tree," is declined in the same way

as laurus. The declension of vas, " a vase" or " vessel,"
is as follows
Vas, " a vose.'*
Singular.
N. Vas* Acc. Vas,
G. Vas-is, V. Vas,
D. Vas-i, Ab. Vas-e.

1Jugeris, jugere, &c, come from the obsolete

jugus or juger.
Of the third declension in the singular and the second
2.
m
the plu-
not to confound lt with vas, vadis, a
ral. The student will be careful
surety," of the third declension, masculine.

Digitized by Google
82 HETCROCLITES.

Plural.
N. Vas-a, Acc. Vas-a,
G Vas-orum, V. Vas-a,
D Vas-is, Ab. Vas-is.

IV. Some substantives have a different gender and dif-

ferent forms in the plural from the singular, or else have

both togethei. Thus,
Masculines.

Jocus, a joke, Plural, joci and joca.

Locus, a place, loci and loca}
(i
Sibilus, a hissing, sibili and sibila.
cc
Tartarus, Tartarus, Tartara, neuter.
Ismarus, Mount Ismarus, u Ismara, neuter.
Maenalus, " Mcenalus, ii
Manala, neuter.
Dindymus, " Dindymus, « Dindyma, neuter.*

Feminines.
Carbasus, canvass, Plural, carbasa, neuter.
((
Ostrea, an oyster, ostrea and ostrem, fem.
((
Margarlta, a pearl, margarita and margarit<B
Neuters.
Coelum, heaven, Plural, cxli, masculine.
((
Clathrum, a bar, clathri, masculine.
Porrum, an onion, ((
porri, masculine.
<(
Siser, a siseres, masculine.

Neuters.
Delicium, delight, Plural, delicim, feminine.
Epulum, a sacred banquet, " epula (a feast generally), fem.
Exuvium, anything put off, " exuvice (spoils), feminine.
Induvium, anything put on, " induvia, feminine.
Balneum, o bath, " balnea, feminine. 8

1. Loci, in the plural raasculine, means "passages in a book" or

" topics of a discourse."
2. Other names of mountains in us undergo the same change.
3. The following are both masculine and neuter frenum, " a curb "
:

Digitized by Google
 COMFARISON. b3

XL COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
I. The degrees of comparison arc three in number, name-
ly, the Positive, Comparative, and Superlative.
II. The unchanged form of the adjective is called the
Positive degree.
III. The Comparative degree denotes that the quality ex-
pressed by belongs to one of two objects in a greater de-
it

gree than to the other.

IV. The Superlative degree denotes that the quality ex-
pressed by it belongs to one of several objects in a greater
degree than to any of the rest.

1. Formation of ihe Degrees.

I. The Comparative is formed by adding or for the mas-

culine and feminine, and us for the neuter, to a case of the
positive ending in t ; as,

durus, duri, comparative, durlor.

brevis, brevi, " brevior.

audax, audaci, " audacior.

1

II. The Superlative is formed by adding ssXmus to

the

same case of the positive from which the comparative was

formed; as,

oZurus, duri, superlative, durisslmus.

brevis, brevi, " brevissimus.

audax, audaci, " audacissimus.

III. Hence the comparison of these three adjectives is as

follows

Positive. Comparative. Superlative.

Durissxmus, " hardcst.'
.„.„:.- ^ ^

Durior, " harder."

:s-\ - „ , ; i 7 « t i : l .. ... .
i *~. . t

Durus, "hard."
Brcvis, " short." Brevior, " shorter." Brevissxmus, " shortest."

Audax, " bold." Audacxor, "bolder." Audacissxmus, "boldest."

does not occur.

pluralfrena, and in the accusative frenos ; but frcnx
Rastrum, " a harrow," plural rastri and rastra.
1. Sinisterior is irregular, the genitive being
sxnxstrx. It comes,
. . .
m
of the genitive, sxnxstcrx, the old nom-
fact,however, from the old form
inative having been sinisterus, whence auerward
sintster.

Digitized by Google
 64 C0MPARI80N.

2. Eaxeptions.

I. AU the adjectives in er form the snperlative by adding

rimus to the nominative singular masculine ;
as,

Pulcher (pulchri), pulchrior, pulcherrtmus

Acer (acri), acrior, acerrtmus.
Pauper (pauperi), pauperiw, pauperrimus.

II. But vetus and nuperus make veterrimus and nuperri*

mus. Of maturus both maturissimus and maturrimus are
in use, especially in the adverb.
III. Some adjectives in ilis form the superlative in t/ft-

mus ; as,

facilis, " easy," facilior^ facilltmus.

diffictlis, " difficult," dtfficilior, difficilltmus.
simtlis, " like," similior, similltmus.
*

dissimllisi " unlike," dissimilior, dissimilltmus.

gractlis, " slender," gzacilior, gracillimus.
humtlis, " lowly," humilior, humillimus.

IV. The superlative of agilis and docilis does not occur in

the classics. The verbals in bilis have no superlative.
V. Adjectives compounded with -dtcus, -ftcus, or -volus,
from dico,facio, or vo/o, form their comparatives in entior
1
and their superlatives in entissimus ; as,

maledtcus, " slanderous," maledicentior, maledicentissimus.

munificus, " munificent," munificentior, munificentissimus.
henevolus, " benevolent," benevolentior, benevolentissimus
9

3. Comparison by Adverbs.
I. Those adjectives in which a vowel precedes do
not form their comparative in or and their superlative in
issimus, but employ instead of these terminations the ad-
1. The compounds of loqui, as, grandiloquus, vanildquus, are also
said to form their comparison from loquens, but no examples can be
nroduced.

Digitized by
 C0MPARIS0N.

or "very,"
verbs magts, "more," and maxime, "most"
which they place before the positive. Thus,'

arduus, "lofty," magis arduus, matfme arduus.

idoneus, " fit," magis idoneus, maxime tdoneus.

precedes us,
II. But when qu, which was pronounced h,
"unjust" (pro-
the comparison is regular; as, iniquus,
iniquior, iniquissimvs (pronounced inikior,
nounced inikus),
inikissimus).
III. adverbs valde, sane, imprimis, oppido, apprime,
The
admodum, and the preposition pcr prefixed, as in perdiffictlts
(" very answer the purpose of increasing the
difficult"),

sense. Per is sometimes strengthened by the addition of

quam ; as, locus perquam difficilis, " a place exceedingly dif-

ficult."

IV. Some adjectives have their meaning enhanced by the

as, prsaltus, " very high
;" pr*dives, " very
participle pr<e ;

rich."
denoted by
V. A high degree of the excess or defect
is expressed by the ad-
the comparative and superlative
Thus, longe doctior, » far more
verbs longe and multo.
leamed ;" multo inferior, " much lower."*

Irregular and Defective

Comparison.
4.
their comparison from obsolete
make
I Some adjectives
otherwordsof similar significauon.
forms,or borrowit from
Thus,
"good," meUor, optimus.
bonus,
"bad," pejor, pessimus.
malus,
maxxmus.
magnus, " great," major,

-T^Tectives which «cgjr* Jj

form their companson m or
,

and issimus, are occasiv

%*^j~S& j r

M P0 " 8 * 16
-

c po,nble ™, ?««« *«»»«*• *"

o

Digitized by Google
86 COMPARISON.

L Sm.neui.plus,
multuSy "many," < ^plurimus* 1
{ Plural, plures, plura,
parvus, "little," minor, minimus.
nequam, "worthless," nequior, nequissimus

II. Divcs, " rich," has commonly for its comparative

ditior, and superlative ditissimus. Of dexter, dexterior, the
superlative is dextimus, in the sense of " farthest on the
right," but not in that of " most lucky."2
III. The following adjectives have a double irregular su-
perlative, namely, exter," without ;" inferus, " below su-
perus, " above ;" and posterus, " after." Thus,
Exter, exterior, extremus and extlmus.
Inferus, inferior, inflmus " imus.
Superus, superior, supremus " summus.
Posterus, posterior, postremus " postumus.

IV. There are also some comparative and superlative

forms which have no adjective-positive, but an adverb de-
rived from the adjective. Thus,
(citra, " on this side"), citerior, citimus
(ultra, "beyond"), ulterior, ulttmus.
(intra, " within"), interior, inttmus.
(prope, " near"), propior, proxlmus.

V. Of the following there is neither adjective nor ad-

verbial positive.

deterior* " worse," deterrtmus.

ocior, " swifter," ocissimus.
potior, " superior," potissimus, " best," " chiefest."
prior, " former," primus, " first."

1. Plurimi means either " very many" or

u the most." PUrique has
the latter sigiiification only, and wants the genitive plural.
2. Dexterrimus, which is given by grammarians as the superlative of
dcxter, is nowhere found, any more than sinistimus from sinister.
3. Deteriar must not be confounded with pejor. Pejor is worse than
8omething which is itself bad ; deterior worse than something which is
good. It is, therefore, a descending, as melior is an ascending compar-
ative, df bonus.

Digitized by
 EXERCISES ON COMPARISON b7

VI. Of many adjectives no superlative is found, though

the comparative is in use ; as the verbals in bilis, and most
adjectives in alis and ilu.
VII. Adolescens, juvenis (comparative junior), and senex
(comparative senior) also want the superlative.
VIII. Of many adjectives and participles used as adjec-
tives there is neither comparative nor superlative, since the
sense precludes comparison ; as, crastlnus, " of to-morrow ;"
infinitus, " infinite innumerus, " countless ;" sccundus,
" second ;" tertius, " third ;" ater, " coal-black," &c.

XLI. EXERCISES ON THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Preliminary Rules.
1. The comparative degree requires the ablative; as,

dulcior melle, " sweeter than honey ;" ocior vento,

" swifter than the wind."
2. Frequently, instead of the ablative, the nominative,
preceded by quam, " than," is placed after the com-
parative ; as aer est levior
(
quam aqua, " air is lighter

than water."

I.

Translate the following, and mention the degree of com-

parison, together with the agreement or government in each
clause or phrase.

Columba est timida, lepus timidior, cervus timidissimus.

—Rhenus est profundus, Danubius profundior, mare pro-

fundissimum. —Malus est celsa, fagus celsior, cedrus cel-

sissima. — Columbae sunt timidiores quam gallinae. —Cervus

est animal timidiusquam lepus. — Cervus et lepus sunt
animalia timidiora quam canis et lupus. —Mare profundius
est quam fluvii. —Flumina sunt profundiora quam rivi.

Cedri sunt celsiores quam abietes. — mons

-flStna est Siciliae

celsissimus. — Graeci erant doctiores quam Romani. Hip- —

pocrates et Galenus erant —
medlci peritissimi. Gemmae

Digitized by Google
88 BXERCISES ON COMPARISON.

Indicae sunt pretiosiores quam Europeae. —Nigrae vulpea

sunt rarissimae. —Lycurgus, Lacedaemonius, severissima-
rum justissimarumque legum auctor fuit. —Sol meridianus
calidior est quam matutmus et vespertlnus. Paucis carior —
est fides quam pecunia.— Bellum civile est perniciosissi-
mum. — regionum frigidissimarum
Incolis plana. est facies

— Chalybs durissimum genus —Sonus luce

ferri est. tardior
—Dentes ossibus duriores
est. sunt.

Nihil —Nihil senectute otiosa

virtute praeclarius est. est
jucundius. — Adamas lapidum durissimus. —Ventorum
est
frigidissimus est aquflo. — Homerus poetarum clarissirous
est. — Quo 1
altiores montes sunt, eo profundiores sunt valles.
— Uva matura est dulcis, saccharum dulcius, mel dulcissi-
—
mum. Ferrum est grave, plumbum gravius, aurum $ra-
—
vissimum. Vapores aquae sunt leviores quam aer.< Aqua —
marina gravior est quam fluvialis (aqua). Oleum levitts est —
—
quam aqua. Aurum et argentum sunt metalla nobiliora.—
—
Camelus utilissimus est. Themistoclis nomen, quam So-
lonis, illu8trius est. —
Utilissima membra hominis sunt ma-
nus, nobilissima oculi. —Nihil sale utilius est. —Nihil est
suavius quam multarum rerum scientia. —Nemo Nerone
crudelior erat. —Lusciniarum cantus suavior est quam re-
liquorum oscinum. —Nulla urbs Siciliae est illustrior quam
Syracusae, Graecorum colonia.
Gemma pulchra est, stella pulchrior, sol pulcherrimus.
Tulipa est flos fHilcherrimus. —Pavones sunt aves pulcher-
rimae. —Nullum vitium avaritia tetrius est. —Morborum te-
terrimus est pestis. —Fluvius est celer, ventus celerior, lux
celerrima. — Cerevisia est salubris, lac salubrius,
aqua sa-
luberrima.—Cibus simplex saluberrimus.— Lupi habent
est

visum, audltum, et odoratum acerrimum. Crocodilus habet —

oculos extra
2
aquam acerrimos. — Quo amarior potio esfr, eo
1. Quo, "by howmuch;" eo, "by so mucb." They are generaily
translated, however, by the definite article " the as, quo tardior, t+
certior, " the slower, the surer."
% Extra, " out of.»'

Digitized by
 EXERCISBS ON COMPARISON. 89

salubrior.— In pauperrimis regionibus saepe sunt homines

— Qu% maturiores
diligentis8imi. eo dulciores sunt.— ficus,

Uvae maturissimae sunt — Veterrimi amici sunt

dulcissimae.
—Amor inimicorum
sincerissimi. deo difficilimus est, at

—Latro
gratissimus. quam homini. — Lupus
ferae similior est

cani simillimus — Ovis lupo dissimillima — Nihil

est. est.

aqua —Pedes aranearum*

aquae, nihil lacte lacti similius est.
sunt gracillimL

Irregular and Defcctive Comparison.

Doctrina est bona, valetudo est inelior, virtus est optima.

—Nihil mente et ratione melius est. —Melior tutiorque est
certa pax, quam — Quo meliores
sperata victoria. homines,
eo feliciores sunt. —Veterrimi amici plerumque optirai sunt.

—Malus est error, defensio erroris est pejor, mendacium est

pessimum. — Assentatores sunt pessimi homines. — Quo pe-
jores homines, eo — Equus magnus,
infeliciores sunt. est
camelus major, elephas maximus. —Piscium feminae ma-
jores sunt quam —America omnium fluriorum max-
raares.
imos habet —Voluptatibus maximis fastidium finitimum est.

—Ganges major —Crocodilus habet plures den-

est Indo.
1

tiumordines. — Roma urbserat omnium pessima. — Plurimae

insulaemaris ^Egaei — Plurima
fcrtiles et opulentae sunt. et

maxima sunt mari animalia. — Sciurus

in parvus, est talpa

minor, mus minimus. — Europa quidem minima, at frequent-

issima, cultissima, et potentissima pars tejrae est. — Mus

est quadrupedum minimu3, mellisuga avium minima.
Extremus anni mensis olira erat Februarius, ntinc,est

December. — Digiti manuum et pedum sunt extima cdrporis

—
membra. Aer inferior est atmosphaera, superior aether.
Inter brachium ^ferius et superius est cubitus. Suprema —
pars corporis humani est caput, infima sunt plantae. In ima2 —
tellure sunt multa genera metallorum. — Justitia est summa
44 M more than one.
1. Plures, several, i. e.,
2.In ima tellure, " in the bosora of the earth," or " deep in the earth
'itcrally, " in the lowest earth."
8*

Digitized by Google
90 EXERCISE8 ON COMPARISON.

virtutum. —Orationis summa virtus est perspicuitas. — Sum-

ma cacumina altorum montium jleiwmque nuda surft.

Etiam infimi sunt utiles reipublicae. —Gradus honorum sum-

rais et infimis —Anterior pars
pares sunt. jugulum, colli est

posterior cervix. — Posteriores leporum pedes longiores sunt

quam anteriores. —Hispania, imperii Romani provincia, erat
citerior et ulterior. —Mercurius citimus —Numitorsoli est.

ultimus rex Albae —Mors ultima linea

erat. —In vitae est.

plurimis regionibus interioris Africae fontes et putei sunt

rarissimi. —Genera simiarum hominis figurae proxima sunt.

Strengthened Comparison, fyc.

Chalybs est ferrum admodum durum.—Jurum scientia
multis hominibus imprimis necessaria est. —Celsissiraorum
montium vertices etiam in regionibus calidioribus valde
—Numidia, regio
frigidi sunt. magis opu-
Africae, culta et
lentior est Mauritania. — Aqua
quam res utilissima est et
pcrnecessaria. — Hystrlcis aculei sunt praelongi duri et acuti.

—Cornu praevalidum. —Vis

rljinocerotis est per- naturae
magna —est. praesentia
Praeterita, futura admodum et divefc-

sa —Nero etiam crudelior quam Tiberius. —Vel

sunt.
1
fuit
2

doctissimis multae res

viris —Helvetiorum longe
ignotae sunt.
rfobilissimus etditissimus Orgetorix. — Suevorum gens
fuit

fuit longe maxima et bellicosissima omnium Germanorum.

— Lux est omnium rerum celerrima, et multo velociorquam
sonus.—Nigri sciiiri rari sunt, sed multo rariores nivei.

Leopardus est pardo major et multo pulchrior. Attagen est —

paulo major quam columba. —
Caprea est multo minor quam
cervus, et paulo major quam capra. —
Hephaestion longe om-
nium amicorum carissimus fuit Alexandro, regi Macedonum.
.
—
Res futura maxime dubiae sunt. Incolae Europae magis —
industrii sunt quam incolae Asiae et Africae. —Maxime pii

homines sunt longe felicissimi et deo gratissimi. — Homeru.*

antiquior poeta est quam Hesiodus. —Necessitatis "
inventa

1. Etiam, "still."
2. Ve\ " even."

Digitized by Googl
 EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 91

antiquiora sunt quam voluptatis. —Musica MHI»

arti

antiquissima est.

II.

Convert tbe following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

The lion is fierce, the bear Leo sum ferox, ursus ferox,
fiercer 9 ihe tiger fiercest. tigris ferox.

Lions are more robust and Leo robustus et ferox sum

Jierce than lionesses. quam leaena.
Tke dolphin is the swiftest of Delphlnus sum animal velox.
animals.
Nothing is more rapid than Nihil sum animus velox.
the mind.

The tiger is a veryjfor.ce and Tigris sum ferox et audax

daring animal. animal.
Nothing is more excellent than Nihil Deua pra?stans sum. A

God.
^he soul is more noble than Animus corpus nobilis.
y
the body. , -

Virtue is more excellent than Virtus sum praestans opjes.

riches.

Virtue is a most excellent Virtus sum praestans bonum.

good.
An ape is very like a human Simia homo similis sum.
being.
TJiepoor are often more be~ Pauper saepe sum benevolus
nevolent and munificent et munificus quam dives.

than the rich.

No one is more slanderous Nemo sum maledicus quam
than the envious man. invidus.

The presents of Pompey were Munus Pompeius sum mag-

very splendid. nificus.

Titus was the most benevolent Titus sum imperator Roma-

emperor of the Romans. nus benevolus.

Digitized by Google
92 NLMEUALS

The dwellings of kings are Domus rex sum magnificus

more magnificent than those quam civis.
of citizens.
The Roman consuls had less Consul Romanus habebaui
power than the dictators. parvus potestas quam dic
tator.

Ducks are smaller than geese. Anas sum parvus anser.

Thieves and robbers are most Fur et latro sum homo ne
worthless men. quam.
Crasus was richer than Cras- Croesus sum dives Crassus.
sus,
Very poor men are often hap- Pauper homo saepe felix sum
pier than very rich men. quam dives.
The nearer the air is to the Quo prope aer sum terrae, eo
earth, the denser it is. crassus sum.
The older wine is, the better Quo vetustus vinum eo bonus
is it.

Nothing is more lovely than Nihil virtus amabilis sum.

virtue.

Features are very changeable. Facies sum valde mutabilis.

XLII. NUMERALS.
I. The numerals are partly adjectives and partly adverbs.
II. The adjective-numerals are divided into five classes,
namely, Cardinal, Ordinal, Distributive, Multiplicative, and
Proportional.
III. The Cardinal numbers answer to thc question " how
many ?" as, unus, "
one two tres, " three."
duo, "
IV. The Ordinal numbers express the place or numbers
in succession as, primus,
;
" first ;" secundus, " second."
V. The Distributive numbers denote how many to each
as, bini, " two each," or "two by two ;" terni, "three
each," &c.
VI. The Multiplicatives denote how many fold ;
as, du
plex, "twofold" or "double;" triplex, " threefold," &c.

Digitized by
 NUMERALS. 93

VII. The Proportionals denote how many times more

as, triplus, " triple ;" quadruplus, " quadruple," &c.
The Adverbial numerals answer to the question
VIII.
" how many times ?" as, bis, " twice ;" ter, " thrice," &c.

1. Cardinal Numbers.
r
I. The first three cardinal numbers are declined. rhe
rest as far as ten, and the decimals as far as a hundred,
are indeclinable. The hundreds, as far as a thousand, are
again declinable.
II. Mille, " a thousand," is indeclinable, but has a plural
to be used in the series that will presently be given.
III. Above a thousand, the Latins express numbers by
combination, as, decies centena millia, " ten times a hun-
dred thousand," that is, " a million ;" vicies centena millia,
" twenty times a hundred thousand," or " two miilions," &c.
IV. The declension of the first three cardinal numbers
is as follows

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Unus, Una, Unum, "one."
Singular. PluraV
N. Un-us, -a, -um, N. Un-I, -ae, -a,

G. Un-Ius, -ius, -Tus, G. Un-6rum, -arum, -orum^

D. Un-I, -I, * D. Un-Is, -Is, -18,

Acc. Un-um, -am, -um, Acc. Un-6s,

i
-as, -a,

V. Un-e, -a, -um, V. Un-I, -ae, -a,

Un-6, -a, -0. Ab. Un-Is, -Is, -18.

Ab.
" three," have, of course, no
V. Duo, " two," and tres,

singular.
either have no
1 plural of unu* is employed with nouns which
The
sense from that
rinffular or which are used in the singular in a different
of the plural ; as, una castra,
« one camp una vdes " one house.
distnbutives are
When, however, higher numbers are required, then the
without any distnbutive meaning
to be employed with such nouns, but
as,
"
bina cattra, « two camps e ach ;
two camps," not
terna des j
and
" ihree houses," &c. Duo cattra would mean « two forts ;
tres

(tdesy « three temples."

Digitized by Google
04 CARDINAL NUMBER3.

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Duo, Duae, Duo, " two"
N. Du-o, -ae, -o,

G. Du-orum, -arum, -orum,

D. Du-obus, -abus, -obus,
Acc. Du-os and -o, -as, -6,

V. Du-o, -86, -o,

Ab. Du-obus, -abus, -obus

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Tres, Tres, Tria, " three."

N. Tr-es, -es, -la,

G. Trl-um, -um, -ium,

D. Tri-bus, -bus, -bus,
Acc. Tr-es, -es, -la,

V. Tr-es, -es, -la,

'

Ab. Trl-bug, -bus, -bus.

VL Ambo, " both," is declined like duo, with the double

accusative in os and o. For duorum, duarum, the contract-
ed form du&m is used, especially in connexion with millium.
VII. The following is a list of most of the cardinal num-
bers.

1. I. Unus. 16. XVI. Sedecim, or >

2. II. Duo. Decem et sex. J

8. III. Tres. 17. XVII. Septendecim, or )
4. IV. Quatuor. Decem et septem. >
6. V. Quinque. 18. XVIII. Octodecim, or
6. VI. S*r. Decem et octo, or
7. VII. Septem. Duodeviginti, }
8. VIII. Octo. 19. XIX. Novendecim, or
9. IX. Ndvem. Decem et novem
10. X. Decem. or Undeviginti>. )
11. XI. Undicim. 20. XX. Viginti.
12. XII. Duodecim. 21. XXI. Unus et viginti,

13. XIII. Tredecim, or De- ) or Viginti unus }

22. XXII. Duo et viginti,

14. XIV. Quatuordecim. or Viginti duo.

15. XV. Quindecim. !

Digitized by
 CARDINAL NUMBERS. 95
23. XXIII. Tres et vi- 109. CIX. Centumet novem,
ginti t or or Centum novem. s
ginti ires. 200. CC. Ducent-i -<z, -a. t

28 XXVIII. Duodelngin- 300. CCC. Trecent-i, -a t -a.

ta, or Octo et 400. CCCC. Quadringent-it )

viginti. -a>, -a. >

XXIX. Undetrigin- 600. D. Quingent-i, -a, -a.

ta t oi Novcm 600. DC. Sexcent-i, -at -a.

et viginti. 700. DCC. Septingent-it -a t -a.

80. XXX. Triginta. 800. DCCC. Octingent-it -a t -a
40. XL. Quadrdginta. 900. DCCCC. Nongent-it -a t -a.
50. L. Quinquaginta. 1000. M., or CIO. Mfo.
LX. Sexdginta. 2000. CIO CIO., or MM. Duo mil- ,

70.. LXX. Septudginta. Zia, or Bis mille. \

80. LXXX. Octdginta. 5000. IOO. Quinque millia.

90. XC. Nbndginta. 10,000. CCIOO. Deccm millia.

100. C. Centum. 100,000. CCCIOOO. Centum miUia.

VIII. The thousands are expressed either by prefixing

the numeral adverbs bis, ter, quater, to mille (a construction
chiefly used by the poets), in which case mille is indecli-
nable ; or we may say, duo, tria, unum et viginti, centum
millia. In the latter case, the things numbered are in the
genitive as, Mardonium in Gracia reliquit cum trecentis
;

millibus armatorum. " He left Mardonius in Greece with

three htindred thousand armed men ;" unless a declined nu-

meral comes between as, habuit tria millia trecentos mili»

;

tes, " ho
had three thousand three hundred soldiers."
IX. From 20 to 100, either the smaller number with et
precedes, or the larger without et ; as, sexaginta quatuor,

or quatuor et sexaginta. _
X. In duodeviginti, duodetriginta,^^ duo is indeclina-
ble.

XI. Above 100, the larger number piecedes with or with

out et ; as, centum et unus, or centum unus ; txccenti sex-
aginta sex, or trecenti et sexaginta sex.

Digitized by Google
36 EXERCISES ON THB CARDINAL NUMBERS.

XLIII. EXERCISES ON THE CARDINAL NUMBERS.

L
Tianslate the following, and show tlie gender, case, &c
Adamus erat unus, et Eva erat una, ergo genushumanum
sst unum. — Mundus est opus unlus dei. — Unus homo habet
nnum os, unam linguam, unum palatum ; duos oculos, duas
aures, duo brachia, duos pedes, duas manus, duo latera.
Silvius Procas pater duorum filiorum, Numitoris et Amulii,

fuit. — Tres sunt Parcae; Clotho, Lachesis et Atropos.

—Quatuor sunt anni tempora
Tria sunt regna naturae. ;
ver,

aestas,auctumnus, hiems. — Quinque sunt

et zonae in terra ;

una
duae zonae temperatae, duae frigidae, —Hebdomas torrida.

habet sex — habet septem

dies profestos. Iris cubus colores,
octo angulos. — Orpheus unius novem Musarum.
fuit filius

—Decem anni sunt Decennium. —Undecim planetae sys-

tematis — Duae hebdomades habent
planetarii nostri sunt.
quatuordecim —Tres hebdomades habent
dies. dies viginti

ct unum ;
undeviginti hebdomades habent centum triginta
tres dies. — Mensis est spatium dierum triginta, aut triginta

et unius.—Tres pentades sunt quindecim. —Novum Testa-

mentum (Fcedus) habet epistolas viginti et unam. — Spina
dorsi habet viginti quatuor vertebras. — Februarius habet
duodetriginta dies, et in annis intercalaribus undetriginta.
Olympias fuit spatium L. mensium. — Quot ossa sunt in
corpore humano ? — In capite sunt sexaginta tria, in trunco
LIII., in artubus superioribus LXVIIL, in artubus inferiori-
bus LXIV. — A Christo nato ad excidium Hierosolymorum
1

fuerunt LXX. anni. — Octo decades sunt LXXX. anni

XIV. decades CXL. anni. — Octoginta annoruin rara vita
est. —Angulus rectus habet nonaginta gradus. —Novem de-
cades sunt XC. anni. — Saeculum est tempus C. annorum.
Duo saecula sunt ducenti anni, tria saecula trecenti, quatnor
saecula quadringenti anni. —D. Decades sunt quinque millia
1. Literally, " from Christ born," i. e., "from ihe birth of Chriat."

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE CARDINAL NUMBERS. 97

annorum. —Quot anni fuerunt a Christo nato ad Carolum

magnum? Octingenti. —Ab Abraharao ad Christum sunt
duo millia annorum, a Mose ad Christum mille et quingenti,
a Salomone mille anni.

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

A thief is a man of three let- Fur sum homo tres litera.

1
ters.

February is shorter by two or Februarius brevis sum duo

tkree days than the other aut tres dies quam ceteri
monihs. mensis.
One thousand brave men are M . fortis vir bonus sum quam
better than many thousand multus M. ignavus.
cowards.
New-York has more than two Novum Eboracum habeo plus
hundred thousand inhabi- quam ducenti mille incola
tants,

The history of the seven Ro- Historia VII. rex Romanus,

man kings andthe thirty et XXX. tyrannus Atheni-
Athenian tyrants is known ensis sum multus notus
to many.
Urania was one of the nine Urania sum unus IX. Musa,
Muses, Lachesis one of the Lachesis unus tres Parcae.
three Fates.
Nine hundred years are ninety DCCCC. annus sum XC
decades. decas.
Paris has 894,000 inhabi- Parisii2 habeo octingenti non-
tants. aginta quatuor M. incola.
One thousand weeks are 7000 M. hebdomas sum septem
days, or 168,000 hours. mille dies, vel centum sex-
aginta octo mille hora.

1. The Romans branded thieves with the three letters F. U. R , i.

Jur, "thief."
2. Another Latin form is LuUtia
9

Digitized by Google
98 ORDINAL NUMBERS.

Eighteen years are 939 weeks XVIII iinus sum DCCCC-

and one day, or 157776 XX T
J X. hebdomas et unus
hours. dies. ve\ centum quinqua-
ginta scptem mille, septin
genti septuaginta sex hora.

2. Ordinal Numbers.

I. The principal ordinal numbers are as follows

lst. Primus. 30th. Tricesimus, or trt- >

2d. Secundus, or Alter. gesimus. ]

3d. Tertius. 40th. Quadragesimus.
4th. Quartu8. 50th. Quinquageslmus.
6th. Quintus. 60 th. Sexagesimus.
6th. Scj^uj. 70th. Septuagesimus.
7th. Sepdmus. 80th. Octogesimus.
8th. Octdvus. 90th. Nonagesimus.
9th. Nonus. lOOth. Centesimus.
lOth. Dedmus. 200th. Duccntesimus.
1 1 th. Undecimus 300th. Trecentesimus.
12th. Duodecimus. 400th. Quadringentesimus.
13th. Tertius decimus. 500 th. Quingentesimus.
14th, Quartus decimus. 600th. Sexcentesimus.
15th. Quintus decimus. 700tU Septingentesimus.
16th. Sextus decimus. 800th. Octingentesimus.
17th. Septimus decimus. 900th. Nongtntesimus.
I8th. Octavus decimusy or % lOOOth. Millesimus.
Duodevicesimus. 5 2000th. Bi* millesimus.
19th. iVoTiw* decimus, or l/n- * 3000th. Tcr millesimus.
devicesimus. $ 10,000th. Dcctcs mUlesimus.
20th. Vtcmmw*, or Vigesimus. 100,000th. Centies millesimus.
21st. £7nus' vicesimus, or * l,000,000th. DecJc* ccnftc* mi/- %

Vicesimus primus. ) lesimus. s

22d. itftcr c* vitesimus, or % 2,000,000th. Ftctc* ccn/tes mt7- »

Vicesimus secundus. ] /e«tmiz*. j

II. From 13 to 19, the smaller number usually precedes,

sometimes the larger, with or without etf ; as, ter/tws <fc-

timusy decimus et tertius, or decimus tertius, not tertius et

decimus.
III. r/nu* vtcesimus is more common than vicesxmus

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE ORDINAL NUMBERS. 99

prtmus. The feminine una et vicesima is sometimes con-

tracted to unetvicesima. Duo et vicesimus is also used, in
which duo is not changed.
IV. In the other compound numbers, the larger precedes
without et y or the smaller with et ; as, vicesimus quartus, or

quarlus et vicesimus. For 28th, 38th, and 29th, 39th, duo-

detricesimus, duodequadragesimus, and undetricesimus, un-
dequadragesimuSy are used.
V. Primanus, secundanus, &c, denote a person of such
a rank or order, that of the legion being generally under
stood in the Latin writers.

XLIV. EXERCISES ON THE ORDINAL NUMBERS.

L
Translate the following, and show the gender, case, &c.

Primus hebdomadis dies est dies solis ; secundus, dies

lunae ;
tertius, dies Martis ;
quartus, dies Mercurii ;
quintus,
dies Jovis ; sextus, dies Veneris ;
septimus, dies Saturni.
Tria sunt genera bonorum ;
prima animi, secunda corporis,
tertia externa. —Quota est hora, amice? Octava. — Sep-
tember est nonus anni mensis, October decimus, November
undecimus, December duodecimus. —Quintus decimus an-
nus est initium aetatis juvenllis ; tricesimus annus virllis, et

septuagesimus senllis.— Codrus fuit septimus decimus regum

Atheniensium. —Veris, aestatis, auctumni, et hiemis, initium
est vicesimus unus (primus) dies Martii, Junii, Septembris
et —
Decembris. Hora est vicesima quarta pars diei, et octies
millesima septingentesima sexagesima pars anni.
Secundus annus vicesimae quartae Olympiadis est annus
1
sexcentesimus octogesimus septimus ante Christum natum.
— 2
Migratio gentium fuit anno quadringentesimo septuagesi-

J. The Latin idiom differs from the English in the use of the ordi-
nals. In the English, for example, we say the seven hundred and twenty
first, hut the Latin, more correctly, the seven hundredth twentieth and

fir«t. And so in other cases.

2. Time " when" requires the tblative.

Digitized by
100 EXERCISES ON THE ORDINAL NUMBERS.

mo sexto post Chri8tum. —Quoto anno Alexander rex Ma-

cedonum fuit ? anno trecentesimo tricesimo tertio. —A primo
vitae anno, usque ad annum quintum decimum, homines sunt
pueri ; a quinto decimo usque ad tricesimum juvenes ; a tri-

cesimo usque ad septuagesimum viri ; a septuagesimo us-

que ad vitae finem senes.— Friderlcus Magnus, rex Borus-
sios, erat rex ab anno millesimo septingentesimo quadra-
gesimo usque ad annum millesimum septingentesimum oc-
—
togesimum sextum. Henrlcus Quartus, optimus rex Fran-
co-Gallorum, erat rex ab anno millesimo quingentesimo un-
denonagesimo usque ad annum millesimum, sexcentesi-
mum decimum. — Georgius Washingtonius, omnium viro-
rum longe celeberrimus, erat praeses civitatum foederatarum,
in America Septentrionali, ab anno millesimo septingen-
tesimo octogesimo nono, usque ad annum millesimum sep-
tingentesimum nonagesimum septimum. Primus annus do- —
minatus Victoriae, Brittanorum reginao, erat annus mille-
simus, octingentesimus duodequadragesimus.

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

A year is the tehth part of a Annus sum pars decimus de-

decennium, and the hun- cennium, et centesimus sae-
dredth ef a saculum. culum.
In what year was Charles Quotus annus sum Carolus
XII. king of Sweden ? XII. rex Suecia ?
What tfclock is it 1 Nine. Quotus hora sum ? Nonus.
The 21st of June is the lon- XXI. Junius sum longus, et
gest, and the 21st of De- XXI. December brevis di-
cember the shortest day of es totus annus.
the whole year.
The third year of the 29th Annus III. Olympias XXI&.
Olympiad is the 666th be- sum DCLXVI. annus ante
fore Christ. I Christus.

Digitized by
 DISTRIBUTIVE NUMBERS. 101
The ides were the 13th or Idus sum XIII.
aut XV. dies \

loth day of the month. mensis.

The 24th book of the Iliad XXIV. liber
Ilias habeo
has 804 verses. DCCCIV. versus.
In ordinary years the 365th Annus communis CCCLXV.
day is the last, in leap years dies sum ultimus ; annus
the 366th. intercalaris dies CCCLX-
VI.
A week is the 52d part of a Hebdomas sum pars LII. an-
year. nus.
Charles XII, was king of Carolus XII. sum rex Suecia
Sweden from 1697 to 1718. ab annus MDCXCVII. us-
que ad annus MDCC-
XVIIL
Louis XIV. was king of Ludovlcus XIV. sum rex
Francefrom 1643 1715. Franco-Gallia ab annus
MDCXLIII. usque ad an-
num MDCCXV.

3. Distributive Numbers.
I. Distributive numerals answer, as has already been
8aid, to the question " how many apiece ?" or " how many
sach time ?" as, Scipio
et Hannibal cum singulis interpre-
tibus. " Scipio and Hannibal with an interpreter each "
Pueri senum annorum. " Boys, each of six years."
II. The distributives are also used with numeral adverbs
;

as, bis bina, " twice two

and with words which have no
;"

singular, or whose singular has a different signification from

the plural
;
as, binm copia, " two bodies of troops ;" bina
Utere, « two epistles." Binus is also used of things which
exist in pairs ; as bini scyphi, " a pair of cups."
III. The following is a list of some of the distributives.
1. Singuli. 4. Quatemi.
2. Bini. 6. Quinu
3. Terni or trini. 6. Seni.
9*

Digitized by Google
102 PROPORTIONAL NUMBERS.

7. Septini. 19. Noveni deni.

8. Octdni. 20. Viceni.
9. Noveni. 21 . Vicenx singuli.
10. Deni. 22. Ficcm' &im.
11. l/mtem. 30. Triceni.
12. Diwxtem. 40. Quadragenu
13. Terni 50. Quinquageni.
14. Quatemi deni. 60. Sexageni.
15. Quim tfeni. 70. Scptuageni.
16. Sem dcni. 80. Octogeni.
17. Sepleni deni. 90. Nonageni.
18. Oc/om dem. 100. Centeni.

IV. Frora 13 to 19 the order may be inverted, cfent yua-

ferni, or quaterni deni, or e£ may be introduced, as quaternt
et deni. For 18, 19, duodeviceni, undeviceni, are also used.
V. The hundreds have two forms ; a longer, trecenteni,
quadringenteni, sexcenteni; and a shorter, which is more
common, as duceni, &c. A thousand each is singula millia ;

bina millia, " two thousand each," &c.

4. Multiplicative Numbers.
Simplex, " single." Quintuplex, " fivefold."
Duplex, " double."
,
Septemplex, " sevenfold."
" triple." Decemplex, "tenfold."
Quadruplex, " quadruple." Ccntuplex, " a hundred fold."

5. Proportional Numbers.

I. These express how many times more one thing is

than another, and answer to the question quotuplus ? They
are,

Simplus, " one only." Quintuplus, " five times as much."

Duplus, " twice as much." " six times as much."
Sextuplus,
Triplus, " thrice as much." Septuplus, "seven times as much.'
Quadruplus, " four times as much." Octuplus, " eight times as much . '

II. They are chiefly used in the neuter, duplum or duplo.

No higher numbers than those here given occur in the clas-
sics.

Digitized by
 NUMERAL ADVERBS.

6. Numeral Adverbs.
I. The numeral adverbs answer to the question 41
how
many tinies V 9
as, semel, 44
once ;" bis,
44
twice ;" terf
" thrice ;" quater, 44
four times," &c.
II. The principal numeral adverbs are as follows :

1. Semel. 21. ScmcJ e* Vt^i.

2. Bis. 22. ifc* cf wctw.
3. Ter. 30. Tricies.
4. Quoter. 40. Quadrdgies.
5. Quinquies. 50. Quinqudeies.
6. Sexies. 60. Scxdgies.
7. Septfe*. 70. Septudgies.
8. Octtes. 80. Octogtes.
9. Novies. 90. Nondgies.
10. Decies. 100. Centtes.
11. TJndecies. 200. Ducenfres.
12. Duodecxes. 300. Trecentus.
13. Tredecies. 400. QuadringenUes.
14. Quatuordecies. 500. Quingrcnftc*, «fc-

15. Quindecies. 800. OctingenHes, <frc.

16. Sedectes. 1000. Millieg.

17. Decies et Septies. 2000. 5w mitftc*, *cr mitficc
18. Duodevides. *e.
19. Undevictes. 100,000. Ccn/w* mitfics, <fc
20. Ficfr*.

II. A second class of numeral adverbs denote that an

action is performed for the second, third, or other time.
They are derived from the ordinals, and end in w/n or o ;

as, primum or jpriVwo ; decimum ; tertium decimum ; dt*<>

devicestmum, &c.

XLV. EXERCISES ON THE DISTRIBUTIVE NUMBERS, &c.

I.

Translate the following, and mention the gender, case,

Quoteni Praetores Romani quotannis erant ? Primo, sin-

guli ; tum bini. —Homines habent singula capita. —Currus

Digitized by Google
104 EXERCISES ON THE DISTRIBUTIVB NUMBERS.

habent quateraas rotas, et singulos temones. —Hominis dig-

iti — Homines, quad-
habent articulos ternos, pollex binos.
rupedes, aves pisces habent binos
et oculos. — Singuli equi
septenorum hominum habent. —Papiliones habent qua-
vires
ternas alashabent octonos pedes. — Cancris octoni
; erucae
sunt pedes — Binae omnibus avibus
et binae chelae. alae sunt.

— Cameli Bactrianae habent dorso bina Arabiae

in tubera,
singula. — Amphibiorum alia quaternos pedes habent, ut
crocodili, testudines ; aliis non sunt pedes, ut serpentibus.
—Insecta pleraque senos, alia octonos, alia centenos ac
plures pedes habent.
Duodevicies viceni sunt trecenti sexaginta. — Quater
quinquageni sunt ducenti. — Centies vicies duceni quadra-
geni sunt viginti octo millia et octingenti. — Septuagies cen-
teni quadrageni sunt novem millia et octingenti. —Semel et
vicies quinquageni singuli sunt mille septuaginta unus. — Bis
et tricies sexageni bini sunt mille nongenti octoginta quatuor.
— Aer octingenties levior est quam aqua. — Marius septies
consul —Terra
fuit. quinquagies major est quam luna.
Pluramembra corporis sunt duplicia. — Triplicia erant arma
Romanorum. —Africa triplo major est quam Europa, Asia
et America quadruplo.

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.
Weeks have seven days each. Hebdomas habeo VII. dies.
Men have one tongue, one Homo habeo I. lingua, I. 08,
mouth, two hands 9 and two II. manus, et II. pes.

feet apiece.
The hands have Jive fingers Manus habeo V. digitus
each.
Lions have four fest, geese Leo habeo IV. pes, anser II.

two wings, each. ala.

Four times six are twcnty- Quater VI. sum XXIV

four.

Digitized by
 PR0N0UN. 105

Men havc each 24 ribs. Homo habeo XXIV. costa.

Forty-one times fifty-one are 41X51 sumMMXCI. 1

2091.
Twenty-two times six hun- 22X600 sum CCIOO CIO
dred are 13,200. CIO CIO CC.
Adults have thirty-two teeth, Adultus homo habeo dena
youths twenty-eight each. XXXII., adolescens XX-
VIII.
To the Roman legions there Romanus legio sum plerum-
were, for the most part, que IOOCC pedes, eques
5200 foot-soldiers, 300 CCC.
horse.

XLVI. PRONOUN.
I. The Pronoun is a word used in the place of a noun,
to avoid the repetition of the latter.
II. Pronouns are divided into Substantive and Adjective.

I. Substantive Pronouns.

I. The substantire pronouns are Ego, of the firat person

Tu, of the second ; and Sui, of the third.

II. Their declension is as follows :

Ego, " J."

Singular.
N. 1,

G. Mel, ofme,
D. Mihi, to orfor me,
Acc. Me, me,
V. Ego,* ohll
Ab. Me, with, &c, me.

1. In this and the two following examples, instead of giving the Latin

adverbs, we have, as a matter of convenience, employed the Arabic na-

merals with the algebraic sign of multiplication. Thus 41 51 means X
41 multiplied into 51, or 41 times 51, which the student, on his part,
roust express in Latin. •

2. Ego is commonly said to want the vocative in both nurabew. TThis

is wrong. We say 6 ego infelix ! " Oh unhappy I !" O »«. felices .

" Oh happy ye !"

Digitized by Google
 PR0N0UN8.

Plural
N. N6s, we,
G. Nostrum or nostri, of us,
D. Nobis, to or/or us,

Acc. N6s, us,

V. N6s, oh we
Ab. Nobis, with, &c us.
Tu, " tkou."
Singular.
N. Tu, thou,

G. Tul, of thee,
D. Tlbi, tooxfor thee,

Acc. Te, thee,

V. Tu, oh thou !

Ab. TS, with, &c, thee.

Plural.
N. Vo8, ye or you,
G. Ve8trum or vestri, of you,
D. Vobis, to orfor you,

Acc. V6s, you,

V. Vos, oh you
Ab. Vobis, with, &c, you.

Sui, " of himself, of herself, of itself"

Singular.
N. Wanting, ,

6. Sui, ofhimself, &c,

D. Sibi, to orfor himself, &C f

Acc Se, himself, &c,

V. IFan&ng-, ,

Ab. Se, trtfA, &c, himself, &c.

N. Wanting, ,

6. SuT, qf themselves,
D. Sibi, or/or themselves,

Digitized
 PRONOUNS. 107

Acc. Se, themselves,

V. Wanting, ,

Ab. Se, with, &c, themselves.

•

III. To the cases of these three pronouns met may be

added, to express the English self; as, egomet, " I myself ;"
mihimet, " unto me myself sibimet, semet, &c. The gen-
itives plural, however, and the nominative tu do not admit
this suffix ; for tumetwe say tute. But met is added to the
other cases of tu ; as, tuimet, tibimet, &c.
IV. The
accusative and ablative singular admit a redu-
plication in the same sense ; as, meme, tete, sese. But sese
only is in common use for singular or plural.
V. Cum, " with," is affixed to the ablatives me, te, se,
making mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum. This is
also usual with quo, qua, quibus ; but cum quo, &c, may
likewise be said.

II. Adjective Pronouns.

Adjective Pronouns are divided into seven classes, viz.,

I. Demonstrative. IV. Interrogative.

II. Intensive. V. Indefinite.
III Relative. IV. Possessive.
VII. Patrial.

1. Demonstrative Pronouns.

I. Demonstrative pronouns are such as distinctly point

out the object of which we are discoursing, with the ac-
cessory idea of place.
II. The Latin demonstrative pronouns are ille, iste, hic,
and is, with their compounds.
III. By composition with ecce or en ("lo," "behold")

wose the pronominal forms, used only in ftmiliar discourse,

*ccum, eccam, ellum, ellam, ellos, &c, " there he is," "there
»he is," &c.
IV. The declension of the demonstrative is as follows

Digitized by Google
108 PRONOUNS.

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Ille, IUa, Illud, " he she,
9
tt, or tha

Singular.
N. Ill-e, IU-a, Ill-ud,
1
G. Ill-Ius, Ill-Ius, Ill-Tus,

D. IU-T, Ill-T, IU-T,

Acc. Ill-um, Ill-am, ni-ud,

V. Ill-e, Ill-a, IU-ud,
Ab. 111-6* IU-a, 111-5.

Plural
N. IIl-T, Ill-a3, lU-a,

G. Ill-6rum, Ill-aram, m-orum

D. Ill-Ts, Ill-Ts, IU-Is,

Acc. 111-08, Ill-as, Ill-a,

V. Ili-T, Ill-ae, IU-a,

Ab. I11-T8, IU-Ts, IU-is.

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Iste, Ista, Istud, « ihat.

Singular.
N. Ist-e, Ist-a, Ist-ud,
G. Ist-Tus,
1
Ist-Tus, Ist-Tus,

D. Ist-T, Ist-T, Ist-T,

Acc. Ist-um, Ist-am, Ist-ud,

V. Ist-e, Ist-a, Ist-ud,

Ab. Ist-6, Ist-a, Ist-6.

Plural.
N. Ist-T, Ist-ae, Ist-a,

G. l8t-6rum, Ist-arum, Ist-orum,

D. Ist-Ts, Ist-Ts, Ist-Ts,

Acc. Isl-os, Ist-as, Ist-a,

V. Ist-i, Ist-83, Ist-a,

Ab. Ist-Ts, Ist-Ts, Ist-Is.

1. Genitives in iua are long in prose, but common (that is, either long
•hoit) in poetry. The ezceptions will be mentioned pretently.

Digitized by
 PRONOUNS. 109

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Hic, Haec, Hoc, "rtis."
Singular. Plural
N. Hic, Haec, Hoc, N. Hi, Hae, Haec,
G. Huju , Hujus, Hujus, G. Horum, Harum, Horum,
D. Huic, 1 Huic, Huic, D. His,. ffis, HIs,
Ac. Hunc, Hanc, Hoc, Ac. Hos, Has, Haec,
V. Hic, Haec, Hoc, V. Hf, Hae, Haec,
Ab. Hoc, Hac, Hoc. Ab. Hls, Hls,

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Is, £a, Id, " he, she, it, or that."

Singular.
N. Ea, H,
6. Ejus, Ejus, Ejus,
D. EI, EI, EI,
Acc. Eum, Eam, H,
V.
Ab. E6, Ea, E6.
Plural.
N. II or ei, Eae, Ea,
G. Eorum, Earam, Eorum,
D. Iis or els, Ils or els, Ils or els,
Acc. Eos, Eas, Ea,
V.
Ab. Hs or eis, Iis or eis, Ils or els.

V. The distinction between hic, iste, and ille is as fol-

lows : hic refers to that which is near, or belongs to, the

person speaking ; iste to the person addressed ; ille to some
remoter person or object. Thus, hic liber, " this book near
or belonging to me
" that book belonging to you,
iste liber,

or near you ;"" the book near or belonging to

illius liber,

some third person, either at some distance from the person

away from the conversation."
speaking, or else entirely
— ——
1. Pronounced as if written hike.
10

Digitized by Google
110 PRONOUNS.

VI. The force of hic is sometimes strengthened by the

affixes ce and clne ; as, hicce, hacce, hocce ; hicctne, haccine,

hocctne.
VII. Of similar formation are istic and illic (from the old
isticce, illice), declined as follows :

Istic, Istaec, Istoc or Istuc.

Illic, Illaec, Illoc or Hluc.

Only the nominative, accusative, and ablative singular, and

the neuter plural are, however, in use ; that is, only those
cases which end in c.

VIII. The syllable dem is annexed to is 9 forming idem

(o\i form isdem), " the same," which is thus declined :

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Idera, eadera, Idem, " the same "
Singular.
N. idem, eadem, Idem,
G. ejusdem, ejusdem, ejusdem,
D. eldem, eldem, eldem,
Acc. eundem, eandem, idem,
V.
Ab. eodem, eadem, eodem.
Plural.
N. ildem, eaedem, eadem,
G. eorundem, earundem, eorundem,
iisdem or > iisdem or ) iisdem or >
D.
eisdem, 5 eisdem, $ eisdem, S
Acc. eosdem, easdem, eadem,
V.
iisdem or ) iisdem or ) iisdem or
Ab.
eisdem eisdem, > eisdem.

2. Intensive Pronouns.
I. Intensive pronouns are such as serve to convey an em-
phatic meaning.

Digitized by Google
 PRONOUNS. 111

II. To this class belong egomet, tute, &c, and istic and
illic already mentioned ; but particularly the pronoun ipse,
which is thus declined :

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Ipse, Ipsa, Ipsum, " ke kimself she herself itself"
Singular.
N. Ipse, Ipsa, Ipsum,
6. Ipslus, Ipslus, Ipslus,
D. Ipsi, Ipsl, Ipsl,
Acc. Ipsum, Ipsam, Ipsum,
4

V.
Ab. Ipso, Ipsa, Ipso.

Plural.
N. Ipsi, Ipsae, Ipsa,
G. Ipsorum, Ipsarum, Ipsorum,
D. Ipsis, Ipsls, Ipsls,
Acc. Ipsos, Ipsas, Ipsa,
V.
Ab. Ipsis, Ipsls, Ipsis.

IU. Ipse is commonly subjoined to nouns and pronouns

, Cicero ipse, " Cicero himself;" ego ipse, «*I myself;"
tu ipse, " thou thyself."

3. Relative Pronouns.
I.Relative pronouns are those which refer to an object
already mentioned, and which is called the antecedent.
II. The Latin relatives are qui, "who," and the cora-
tlllMMl" pronouns quicunque and quisquis, " whoever."
III. The declension of the relative qui is as follows :

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Qui, Quae, Quod, " wko, wkick."
Singular.
N. Qui, Quae, Quod,
6. Cujus, Cujus, Cujus

Digitized by Google
112 PRONOUNS.

u. l/Ul, lyUl,

Acc. Quem, Quam, Quod,

V. —
Ab. Quo, Qua, Quo.

Plural
N. Qui, Quae, Quae,
6. Quorum, Quarum, Qudrum,
D. Queis or quibus, Queis or quibus, Queis or quibus,
Acc. Quos, Quas, Quae,

Ab. Queis or quibus, Queis or qulbus, Queis or qujbus.

IV. Qui is sometimes used for the ablative singular in

all genders. In place of queis the more contracted form

quis occasionally is employed.
V. Quicunque is declihed in every respect like qui ; as,

N. Quicunque, Quaecunque, Quodcunqu6,

6 Cujuscunque, Cujuscunque, Cujuscunque,
D. Cuicunque, Cuicunque, Cuicunque, &c
VI. The declension of quisquis is as follows :

Singular.
2
N. Quisquis, Quaequae, Quid juid or quicquid,
Acc. Queraquem, ,
Qaidquid or quicquid,
Ab. Quoquo, Quaqua, Quoquo.

Plural
N. Qulqul, — , ,

D. Quibusqulbus, <fcc.

4. Interrogative Pronouns.

I. The common interrogative pronoun is Quis or Qui9

" who ?" from which comes, by the addition of nam, the
form quisnam, which is more strongly interrogative than
1. Pronounced &t.
2. Quisquis is sometimes used.for the feniinine ;
as, for example, in
Plautut.

Digitized by Google
 PR0N0UNS. 113

quis. Other interrogative pronouns are ecquis, numquis,

" is there any one ? who," from which come, in like man-
ner, ecquisnam, numquisnam.
II. The declension of the interrogative quis is as follows

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Quis or Qui, Quae, Quid or Quod, " who, which, wJicU ?"
Singular.
N. Quis or qul, Quae, Quid or quod,
G. Ciijus, Cujus, Cujus,
D. Cui, Cui, Cui,
Acc. Quem, Quam, Quid or quod,
V. ,
>

Ab. Quo, Qua, Quo.

Plural.
Qui, Quae, QU8B,
G. Quorum, Quarum, Quorum,
D. Queis or qulbus, Queis or quibus, Queis or quibus
Acc. Quos, Quas, Quae,
V. . . .

Ab. Queis or quibus, Queis or quibus, Quei- ; \vJ '

III. Quis, it will be perceived, has two form «o.* u.->

masculine and neuter, quis and qui, quid and quod.

IV. The best writers use quod as an adjective agreeing
with a substantive, and quid as a substantive governing the
genitive. Thus, quod benejicium est in hoc ? " what kind-
ness is there in this ?" But, quid beneficii est in hoc ?
V. Quis is sometimes used indefinitely for aliquis, " some
one."
VI. Ecquis and numquis are declined and used like quis,
excepting that ecqua is sometimes, found in the nominative
singular feminine, and that the neuter plural of numquis is
numqua.
VII. Ecquisnam, which is declined like ecquis, is found
only in the singular number, namely, in the nominative,
10*

Digitized by
X 14 PK0N0UN8.

where it is the same for all genders, and in the ablative

masculine.
VIII. Another interrogative prononn is cujus, cuja, cujum,
" whose," which is also defective. Its declension, as far
as it extends, is as follows

Singular. Plural.

N. Cujus, Cuja, Cujum, N. Cujl, ,

Ac. Cujum, Cujam, Cujum, Ac. , Cujas,

Ab. Cujo, Cuja, Cujo.

ris must not be confounded with cujas, cujdtis, "of

what country," which belongs to the patrial pronouns.

5. Indefinite Pronouns.

I. Indefinite pronouns are those which denote an object

in a general manner, without specifying any one person or
thing particularly.
II. The principal indefinite pronouns are the following

Altquis, " some one." Quisquam, " any one."

Siquis,. " if any one." Quispiam, " some one."
Nequis, "lest any one ;" "no Unusquisque, " each one."
, one." Quidam, " a certain one."
Qutsquc, "each one;" "every Quitibet, > " any one you
one." Qutvis x » please."

III. The declension of aliquis is as follows

Masc. Fem. NeuL

Aliquis, Aliqua, Aliquid or Aliquod.

Singular.

N. Aliquis, Aliqua, Aliquid or Aliquod,

G. Alicujus, Ailcujus, Alicujus,
D. Alicui, Alicui, Alicui,
Acc. Aliquem, Aliquam, Aliquid or Aliquod,
V. i » f

Ab. Aliquo, Aliqua, Aliqud

Digitized by Google
 PR0N0UNS. 115

Plural.
N. Aliqul, Attquae, Allqua,
G. Aliquorum, Aliquarum, Aliqudrum,
D. Aliquibus, Aliquibus, Aliquibus,
Acc. Aliquos, Aliquas, Aliqua,
V.
Ab Aliquibus, Aliquibus, Aliquibus.
IV. The distinction already mentioned as existing be-
tween quod and quid prevails also between aliquod and ali-
quid9 as well as other compounds pf quis.
Thus we say,
aliquod vihum, " some wine but aliquid vini.
V. Siquis and nequis are declined in the same way
as
dliquis. Thus,

N. Siquis, Siqua or siquae, Siquid or siquod,

G. Sicujus, Sicujus, Sicujus,
D. Sicui, Sicui, Sicui, &c.
N. Numquis, Numqua or numquae, Numquid or numquod,
G. Numcujus, Numcujus, Nqmcujus,
D. Numcui, Numcui, Numcui, &c.
VI. Quisque, quisquam, and quispiam are declined
like
quis. Thus, •

N. Quisque, Quaeque, Quidque or quodque,

G. Cujusque, Cujusque, Cujusque,
D. Cuique, Cuique, Cuique, <fcc.

N. Quisquam, Quaequam, Quidquam or quodquam,

G. Cujusquam, Cujusquam, Cujusquam,
D. Cuiquam, Cuiquam, Cuiquam, &c.
N Quispiam, Quaepiam, Quidpiam or quodpiam,
G. Cujuspiam, Cujuspiam, Cujuspiam,
D. Cuipiam, Cuipiam, Cuipiam, &c.
VII. Unusquisque is
compounded of unus and quisque,
and both words arq declined. Thus,

Digitized by
116 PRONOUNS.

Singular.
N. Unusquisque, Unaquaeque, Unumquidque or
unumquodque
G. Uniuscujusque, Uniuscujusque, Uniuscujusque,
D. Unicuique, Unicuique, Unicuique,
Acc. Unumquemque, Unamquamque, Unumquidque or )

unumquodque, $

V
* • • • «

Ab. Unoquoque, Unaquaque, Unoquoque.

The plural is wanting.

VIII. Quidam, quillbet, and quivis are declined like qu% f
except that they have quod or quid in the neuter. Thus,

N. Quidam, Quaedam, Quoddam or quiddam,

G. Cujusdam, Cujusdam, Cujusdam,
D. Cuidam, Cuidam, Cuidam, &c.

N. Quilibet, Quaelibet, Quodlibet or quidlibet,

G. Cujuslibet, Cujuslibet, Cujuslibet,
D. Cuilibet, Cuilibet, Cuilibet, &c.

N. Quivis, Quaevis, Quodvis or Quidvis,

G. Cujusvis, Cujusvis, Cujusvis,
D. Cuivis, Cuivis, Cuivis, &c.

IX. In the accusafive singul.tr masculine and feminine,

and the genitive plural, quidam has usually an n before d
as, quendam, quandam, quorundam, quarundam
X. In all these compounds the distinction between quod
and quid prevails as, quoddam malum, " a certain evil ; w
;

but quiddam mali. So also quodlibet malum, but quidlibet

maltf &c.

6. Possessive Pronouns.

I. Possessive pronouns are formed from the personal,

and indicate the property of an individual.
II. The Latin possessives are the following

Digitized by Google
 PR0N0UNS. 117

Meus, Mea, Meum, " minc. n

Tuus, Tua, Tuum, " thine."

Suus, Sua, Suum, " his, her, its."

Noster, Nostra, Nostrum, "<wr."

Vester, Vestra, Vestrura, " your."

III. These are all declined like adjectives of tliree ter-

minations, except that meus makes mi in the vocative sin-
1
gular masculine, and very rarely meus.
IV. Tuus, vester, and suus have no vocative.
V. Cujus, cujd, cujum, " whose 1" which is in some re-
spects a possessive, has already been noticed under the in-
terrogatives.
VI. The declension of meus and noster are as follows •

Singular.
N. Meus, Mea, Meum,
G. Mel, Meae, Mei,
D. Meo, Meae, Meo,
Acc. Meum, Meam, Meum,
V. Ml or Meus, Mea, Meum,
Ab. Meo, Mea, Meo.
Plural.
N. Mel, Meae, Mea,
G. Meorum, Mearum, Meorum,
D. Mels, Mels, Mels,
Acc. Me5s, Meas, Mea,
V. Mel, Meae, Mea,
Ab. Mels, Meis, Mefs.

Singular.
N. Nos-ter, -tra, -trum,
G. Nos-trl, -trae, -tri,

D. Nos-tro, -trae, -tro,

t. To the ablative of the possessive pronouns, in the

singular mim-
ber, especially suo and sua, the syllable pte is affixed to denote
own
as, suapte manu, " with his own hand suopte pondere, " by lts own
weight."

Digitized by
1 1 8 PRONOUNS.

Acc. Nos-trum, -tram, -trum,

V. Nos-ter, -tra, -trum,

Ab. Nos-tro, -tra, -tro.

Plural
N. Nos-tri, -tne, -tra,

6. Nos-trorum, -trarum, -trorum,

D. Nos-tris, -tris, -tris,

Acc. Nos-tros, -tras, -tra,

V. Nos-tri, -tr», -tra,

Ab. Nos-tris, -tris, -tris.

*
7. Patrial Pronouns.

I. Patrial prououns have reference to a person's country

or the nation to which he belongs.
II. The patrial pronouns are nostras, vestras, and cujas,
and are declined like adjectives in as, genitive -atis, many
of which have also a patrial reference as, Arpinas, gen- ;

itive Arpinatis, " of or belonging to Arpinum."

III. The declension of nostras is as follows :

Nostras, " of our country?

Singular.
N. Nostr-as, -as, -as,

G. Nostr-ati8, -atis, -atis,

D. Nostr-ati, -ati, -ati,

Acc. Nostr-atem, -atem, -as,

V. Nostr-as, -as, -as,

Ab. Nostr-ate, -ate, -ate.

Plural.
N. Nostr-ates, -ates, -atia,

Q. Nostr-atium, -atium, -atium,

D. Nostr-atibus, -atibus, -atibus,

Acc. Nostr-ates, -ates, -atia,

V. Nostr-ates, -ates, -atia,

Ab. Nostr-atibus, -atibus, -atibus-

Digitized by Google
 PRONOUNS. 119
IV. Vestras, genitive vestrdtis, " of your country," and
cttjas, genitive cujatis, " of what country," are declined ex-
actly like nostras.

I. To the adjective pronouns are commonly added the

following words ;
though, strictly speaking, most of them
are simple adjectives.
ARuSy "another." Vter, " which of two."
Ullus, " any one." Alter, " the other ;" " another."*
NulluS, "nOOne." Neuter, "neither."
Solus, " alone." Totus, " the whole."

II. The declension of alius is as follows

Masc. Fem. Neut.
Alius, Alia, Aliud, " another."

Singular.
N. Alius, Alia, Aliud,
G. Allus,* Allus, Alius,
D. Alu, AUi, Aln,
Acc. Alium, Aliam, Aliud,
V. > >

Ab. Alio, Alia, Alio.

Plural.
N. Alil, Aliae, Alia,
G. Aliorum, Aliarum, Alioru
D. Alils, Alils, Alils,
Acc. Alios, Alias, Alia,
V. 9

Ab. Alils, Alils, Alils.

1. Alter
means one of two, alius one of many. Hence the strict
meamng 0 f alius is " another ;" and that of alter. " the other." Fre-
Hueutly, however, we are compelled to translate alter, " another," but
never, at the
same time, to lose sight of its reference to merely one of
wo persons or things. Thus, in the expression nullum animal est pars
uteriu* animalis,
the reference is clearly to only one of two animals,
anu yet we
must transkte alterius here " another."
•
7*^e genitive of alius always has the long i both in prose and poetry,
81nce lt *
formed by contraction from ii.
l
Thus, altus for ali-ius.

Digitized by
 120 PRONOUNS.

III. In the 8ame manner are ullus, nullus, solus, and

totus declined, except that they make the nominative and
accusative singular neuter end in m instead of d; as, ullum
nullum, solum, totum.
IV. The declension of uter is as follows

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Uter, Utra, Utrum, " wkich of two"

M
JLi.
TTf ai*
uier, TTtrS
uird, u fviiwi
1
iruin,
1

rj
VI. uinus, uirius, u irius,
D. Utrl, Utri, Utri,

Acc. Utrura, Utram, Utrum,

V. Uter, Utra, Utrum,
Ab Utro, Utra, Utrd.

Plural
N. Utri, Utrae, Utra,
G. Utrorum, Utrarum, Utrorum,
D. Utris, Utrls, Utris,
Acc. Utros, Utras, Utra,
V. Utri, Utrae, Utra,
Ab. Utrls, Utris, Utrls.

V. The declension of alter is as follows :

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Alter, Altera, Alterum, " the other, another"
Singular.
N. Alt-er, -era, -erum,
2
G. Alt-erius, -erius, -erius,

D. Alt-erl, -eri, -Sri,

Acc. Alt-erum, -eram, -erum,

V. Alt-er, -era, -erum,
Ab. Alt-ero, -era, -ero.

1. Penult of the genitive singular long in prose, common in poetry.

2. Alter has the penultof the genitive singular always short. Alteri,
dcc, in the plural, is used when two bodies or classes of men are opposed
(q each other.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 121

Plural.
N. Alt-eri, -erse, -era,

6. Alt-erorum, -eranim, -erorum,

D. Alt-erls, -erls, -ens,
Acc. Alt-eros, -eras, -era,

V. Att-erl, -erae, -era,

Ab. Alt-erls, -erls, -erls.

VI. Neuter is declined like uter, namely, neuter, neutr&9

neutrum ; Genitive, neutrius ; Dative, neutri, <fec.

VII. The compounds of uter are utervis and uterlibet,

" which of the two you please and alteruter, " the one or
other," " one or the other of two." Genitive, alteriusutrl-
us; Dative, alteriutri, &c.

XLVI. EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS.

Vocabulary. 1
Sum, I am.
Es, thou art.
Est, he, she, or it is.

Sumus, we are.

Estis, you are.

Sunt, they are.

Erat, he, she, or it was.
Erant, they were.
Fuit, he, she, or it has been or was.
Fuerunt, they have been or were.

L
Translate the following, and mention the kind of pronoun
'-nployed in the different clauses, together with the case,
Qumber, &c.

I Personal Pronouns, and the Possessives formed from them.

Ego sum tu, tu es ego, unanimi sumus. —Pars pejor mei,

1. We have here anticipated a small portion of the substantivo verb,
M*d recapitulated a few words from the vocabuiary given on page 8.
11

Digitized by
122 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS.

corpus meum, —Pars melior animus tuus

mortalis est. tui,

immortalis est.— Desiderium mei'permagnum — Grata est.

mihi memoria tua mei. —Vita mea mihi tam cara

est
2
est,

quam —Proximus sum egomet mihi,

tibi tua. tute tibi.
Nemo me 3
nemoteinfelicior, — Parentes felicior est. tui,

puer optime, semper habent secum. — Genius homo, te tuus,

semper tecum —Nos omnes sumus homines mortales.
est.

Vos omnes —Corpora omnium

estis immortalitatis hseredes.

nostrum sunt — Nemo nostrum

mortalia. regis nos- proditor
—Nostri melior pars animus — Me-
traeque patriae fuit. est.

moria vestro semper

vestri, discipuli diligentes, praeceptori

jucunda — est. parentum nostrorum nobis pergrata

Felicitas
est.— Pater amlcus summus nobis —Rex noster vobis est.

tam carus quam mihi. —Conscientia

est, judex nobis. est in
—Ebrius non compos —Homo invidus sibimet
sui est. in-
imicissimus est.

2. Demonstrative and Intensive Pronouns.

Hic universus mundus est opus omnipotentis dei, creatoris

omnium nostrum. —Haec vita est tempus segetis, vita futura

messis. —Hoc conclave est amplum. — Haec conclavia sunt
ampla. —Finis hujus vitae initium est illius futurae. —In hac
terra nihil perfectum est. —Tabulae hujus conclavis sunt
nigrae.— Non omnes discipuli sunt pares : hi sunt diligentes,
illi pigri ; hic est attentus, ille non attentus. —Hannibal et .

Caesar fuerunt summi imperatores huic4 idus mortiferae ;

fuerunt, illi venenum. —

Romulus et Numa Pompilius erant
primi reges Romani hic erat pius, ille bellicosus illius
;
;

res gestae illustriores sunt quam hujus. Hoc scamnum —

longius est quam illa janua. Haec scamna longiora sunt —
—
quam illae januae. Illud templum altius est quam haec
1. Desiderium meum would denote the regret that I myself feel.
2. Memoria mei, " the remembrance of me ;" but memoria mea y

*' my memory, or faculty of remembrance."

3. The ablative with the comparative. So also le in the next clauso.
4. Huky " to the latter," i. e., to this nne ;
?//?*, " to the former," 1. 1\.
to that one.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE PR0N0UNS. 123

dw/uus. — Illa templa altiora sunt quam hae domus. — Illis

teperis arboribus gelu hujus hiemis noxium erat. —Homo ipse

est faber fortunse suae. —Saepe homini inimicius nihil est,

quam sibi ipse. — Saepe hominibus inimicius quam

nihil est,

sibi ipsi. —Virtus sibimet ipsa pulcherrima merces est.

Servitus omnibus hominibus dura est ; liberis autem ho-
minibu8 ea intolerabilis est. —Luscinia est parva, vox autem
ejus est suavissima.—Robur ossibus leonis est in ejus et

dentibus.—Tonitrua sunt sed eorum terribilia, utilitas est

maxima. —Megarenses Atheniensibus sed finitimi erant, iis

dispares. — Nonne animus hominis melior quam corpus

1
est
— Deus semper Tdem.—Non semper Idem
ejus. est floribus

est color.— Vera non eSdem —Nemo nostrum

et falsa sunt.

idem est in senectute,

qui —Eadem fuit
2
in juventute. laus
non omnibus. — Eandem habet laudem ac
est
3
ego.

3. Relative Pronouns.

Justitia, quae est mater omnium virtutum, Deo accepta est.

—Id est Deo proximum, quod est optimum. — Sol, cujus

magnitudo ingens est, globus est igneus. — Qui est justus,
is est laudabilis. —Semiramis cujus nomen illustrissimum
est, regina potens et bellicosa fuit. —Ferrum, cujus utilitas

permagna durum metallum. Honestum4 ei vile est,

est, est —
cui —
corpus nimis carum est. Omne animal, cui sanguis
est, —
habet etiam cor. Ei avi, cui pulcherrima cauda est,
turpissimi pedes sunt. —In superiore capitis parte est cere-

brum, in quo sensuum instrumenta sunt. In ea parte —

EuTopae, in qua est humus fecundissima et coelum serenis-
simum, homines infelicissimi sunt,— Oratorum illustrissimi
fuerunt ii, qui erant Athenis. —Lepores habent binas aures,
5

quae capite longiores sunt. — In rebus magna

praestantibus
•

1. Nonne tst. "Is notl" The termination ne ishere interrogative.

2. Qui fuit. " That he was." The more elegant phraseology is

3. Ac. " As."

4. Honestum. "What is becoming." AU moral excellence.
5. Atkenis. "AtAthens." Erant, " werc," i. p.,Uvedor nourishci].

Digitized by
124 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS.

«unt ea, quae sunt optimis proxima. —In silvis sunt multae

ferae,quarum pelles sunt hominibus utilissimae. — Ii paren-

tes quorum filii pigri et mali sunt, infeliciores sunt quam
ii, quorum filii caeci et claudi sunt. —Ea animalia quorum
dentes acuti sunt, carnivora sunt. —In quibus fluminibus
plurimae rupes sunt, in iis navigatio periculosissima est.
Quibus avibus longa crura, iis etiam longa colla sunt. — Ea
animalia fortiora sunt, quibus sanguis crassior est. — Sunt
1
gentes ferae, quae non habent rempublicam.

4. Interrogative Pronouns.
Quis fuit clarior in Graecia, quam Themistocles ? —Quis
pulchrior est mortuus quam vivus ? cancer coctus. —Quis
est auctor illius cceli, illius solis illorumque siderum, quae
supra nos sunt ? Idem, qui est auctor hominum, animalium,
omniumque rerum, quaecunque sunt. — Quid est nequius aut
turpius quam vir effeminatus ? — Quid est melius aut quid
bonitate et beneficentia praestantius ? —Quae sunt optima
scripta —Qui rex
veterum ? est sapientior et justior quam
noster pater —Quae
ccelestis ? figura, quae species pulchrior

cst quam humana?— Cujus hominis mores maxime lau-

dabiles sunt? — Cui homini deus benevolentior est, quam
pio et probo? —Quod consilium est optimum? consilium
hominum prudentissimorum. — Cui animali turpissima est
vox —In quo mari sunt
? — Quae femina
plurimae insulae ? fuit

quam Semiramis —In qua

bellicosior, Europae sunt ? parte
plurimae paludes — Quae mulieres fuerunt
? bellicosiores et
fortioresquam Amazones — Quid homo — Quid ? est ? est
honos

5. Compounds of Qui and Quis.

Tempus est pars quaedam aeternitatis. — Exhalationes car-
bonum et quorundam florum hominibus noxiae sunt. —Caro
ciconiae nigrae quibusdam animalibus venenum est. — Sibi
quisque proximus est. — Quilibet est faber fortunae suae.

1. Rempublicam, "a form of government."

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOTJNS. 125

Suuni cuique canim —Unusquisque miles drfensor

est. est
— Unicuique nostrum animus immortalis.—Quod-
patriae. est
vi8 animal habet animum corpus. — Cujusvis hominis
et vita
habet quasdam molestias. — Quidquid homines habent est
munus divinum.—Quidquid honestum, Idem est utile.

Quaecunque rara ea sunt —

sunt, unicuique pretiosa. Pigritia
maxime autem juveni.— Quaenam
turpis est, est patria simi-
arum — Ecquod humanum
? artificium
quara
1
praestantius est
mundus — Animus non habet formam aliquam, nec figuram,
?

nec magnitudinem, ejusque sedes nec in corde nec in cer-

ebro est. — Siquis vestrum, discipuli, mendax est, pessimus
est. — Siquis homo in hac vita felix est, est probus et sapiens

6. Possessive and other Pronouns.

Corpus nostrum mortale est, at animus noster immortalis.

—Cujus est hic liber ? hic liber est meus. —Cuja haec est

penna ? haec penna 2

est fratris mei. — Cujum hoc pecus est ?

—Cujum est hoc pallium ? hoc pallium meum. — Cujas

est

erat Horatius — Cujates ? Sophocles Euripldes

erant et ?

Nostrates philosophi sunt —Arma frivoli et inanes. nostratia

sunt semper —Vestrates
victricia. sunt atque milites timldi
—Consuetudo
ignavi. —Nullum animal
est altera
3
natura.
estpars — 4
homines sunt non soium
alterius animalis. Otiosi
sed etiam cuique
sibi ipsis, —Paucis veterumalteri
6
molesti.
6
Germanorum erant vix uni lorlcae, alterive cassis erat.

Nullius hominis —Antonlnus

divitiae certae sunt. nulli acer-

bus,cunctis benignus —Amicitia plurimorum hominum

erat.

quam comitas. —Anseres

nihil aliud est alii
T
feri, alii ciciires

sunt.—Alia vera — rapaces pauciores

sunt, alia falsa. Belluae
habent quam
pullos — Totius doctissimus
aliae. Graeciae fuit

1. Artificium. " Workmanship" or "piece of workmanship."

2. Est. " Is that of," i. e., belongs to. Supply penna.
3. Aliera. " Another," i. e., a second. Consult note 1, pa£c 119.
4. Consult note 2, page 120.
5. Quisque alter. " Each other."
6. Unus alterve. " One or two."
7. Alii — alii. " Some — others."
11*

Digitized by Google
 <

126 EXERCISBS ON THE PRONOUNS.

Plato, Socratis discipulus. — Bellum Picentium aliarumque

gentium cum Romanis admodum perniciosum fuit. —Quam
luctuosa fuit Samiis, quam acerba toti Asiae expugnatio
1
ffcfcii

Junonis Samiae. — Facies homini soli est, ceteris animalibus

sunt ora et rostra. — Solis candcr illustrior est quam ullius

— Deus solus qui neminem habet

ignis. est, sibi parera.

Sapientes severi sunt tam quemque alium, quam in

in se
— Uter
ipsos. surdus an claudus — Utra major
infelicior est,
3
?

est,America an Europa? —Utrum gravius aurum an est,

plumbum — Uter ? caecus an surdus — Utrum

est infelicior, ?

est pretiosius, aurum an adamas ?

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.
Ye are all the children of one Tu omnis sum liberi unus
father. pater.
No one of us is always happy. Nemo ego sum semper felix.
Many things are yet unknown Multus sum adhuc ignotus tu
to all of you. omnis.
In our own selves is the source In egomet fons sum noster
of ovr oum happiness. felicitas.

In your own selves, oh men, In vosmet, homo, fons sum

is the source of all your omnis vester miseria.
miseries.
The knowledge of themselves Cognitio sui sum omnis homo
most useful to all men.
is utilis.

Our life is a short, diversified, Noster vita sum brevis, vari-

and dangerous journey. us, atque periculosus iter.

The beginning of thisjourney Initium hic iter sum noster

is our birthday, the end of natalis, finis is noster mors.
it our death.

1 . Expugvalio. " The pillaging."

2. An, " or." In double questions, aut, " or," must never be used
to distinguish the things opposed to each other, whether the question be
direct or indirect, but an, or ne enclitic, that is, ne added to the end of a
word.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 127

The lazy pupil is injurious to Discipulus piger sum sui, su-

himself and to his friends. usque amicus noxius.
This is not my fault, but that Hic non sum meus culpa, sed
of the times. tempus.
Demosthenes and Ciccro were Demosthenes et Cicero sum
celebrated orators ; the na- illustris orator ;
patria hic

tive country of the latter sum Italia, ille Graecia.

was Italy, of the former

Greece.
Athens is more famous than Athenae sum illustris quam
Carthage ; the former was Carthago ; iUe sum sedes
the seat of all the liberal omnis liberalis ars, hic

arts, the latter of commerce. mercatura.

On that tower is an iron cross. In ille turris sum crux ferreus.
The glass of that window is Vitrum ille sum frac-
fenestra

broken, the walls of this tus, paries hic domus sum

house are firm. firmus.
This seat is of wood, that Hic sedile sum ligneus, ille

furnace is of stone ; these sum lapideus hic

fornax ;

ships are British, those sol- navis sum Britannicus, ille

diers are Prussian. miles sum Borussicus.
The statue of Jupiter, which Statua Jupiter, qui sum in
was in the Elian temple, templum Eliacus, sum
was the work of Phidias. opus Phidias.
The animals which you have Animal qui habeo sum hys-
are hedgehogs. trix.

The woman whom they have Mulier qui habeo sum capti-
is a captive. vus.

They dlone are happy who are Ille solus felix sum, qui sum
good. bonus.
no
The fox, whose cunning is Vulpis, qui astutia omnis
known to allj is the most tus sum, furax sum animal.

thievish of animals.
What is more beautiful than Quis pulcher
sum quam vir-

virtue ? tus?

Digitized by Google
 128 TIIE VERB.

To whom is virtue most pleas- I Quis virtus sum jucundus ?

ing ?
What metdl is most precious. Quis metallum sum pretiosus ?
What is so common as air to Quis sum tam communis,
the living, earth to the quam aer vivus, terra mor-
dead ? tuus ?

To each one of us there are Unusquisque ego sum denus

ten finsrers. digitus.
Is thcre any woman here whose Ecquis mulier hic sum qui 1

hopes are disappointed ? spes sum frustratus ?

The boys of our country are Nostras puer sum diligens,

diligent, the men of your vestras vir sum fortis.

couniry are most brave.

XLVII. THE VERB.

I. The Verb is that part of speech by which it is declared
concerning anything that it either does or suffers somewhat.
II. From this general distinction are derived the two
principal forms of the verb, namely, active and passive.
III. Active verbs are divided into two kinds, namely,
transitive and intransitive, which latter are also called neuter.

IV. An intransitive* verb expresses an action or a state

which is not communicated from the agent to any other ob-
ject ; as, ambulo, " I walk ;" sto, " I stand ;" dormio, " I sleep."
V. A transitive verb expresses an action exerted upon
3
some object (which isput in the accusative case) ; as, amo
te, " I love thee ;" scribo epistolam, " I am writing a letter."

1. Hic, "here," the adverb.

in, " not," and transire,
From to pass over" or " across," the
44
2.
action not passing ovcr from the agent to any object. Transitive, from
transirc, " to pass over," where the action passes from the agent and is
exened upon some object.
3. It is not meant that every verb transitive must have an accusative
of thc object, but only that it may. When no object is expressed, the
transitive verb may often become intransitive in effect as, edit, " he is ;

eating ;" amat, " he is in love ;" whcre no object is expressed, though one
is necessarily implied. A
diiferent form is sometimes assigned to the
verb in the transitive and intransitive sense ; as, jacere, " to throw," ja-
ccre % " to lie ;" pcndcre, " to suspend," pendere, " to hang suspended,"

Digitized by
 THE VERB. 1£9

VI. Transitive verbs have a passive voice that which ;

was the object and in the accusative case becoming the sub-
;"
ject and nominative case ;
«as, tu amaris, " thou art loved
epistola scribitur, " the letter is getting written."

VII. Intransitive verbs are only used impersonally in the

passive, that is, the verb appears in the third person singu-
lar without any definite subject; as, favetur tibi, "favour

is shown to you," equivalent to favent homines tibi, " men fa-

vour you ;" via excessum est, " it has been gone out of tho

way," &c.
VIII. There are also in Latin what are called Dcponent
verbs and Neuter-passives.
IX. Deponent verbs are such as have a passive form, but
an active meaning. Some of them are transitive, othersare

intransitive ; and they are called deponents, becausc they

lay asidc] as it were, their passive signification.
X. A Common verb has a passive terraination, with an
active and passive signification ; as, criminor, " I blame"

or "am blamed." It is generally considered as a deponent,

excepting in the perfect participle, which in these verbs
has either an active or passive signification. Thus we
may say either adeptus victoriam, " having obtained a vic-
tory," oxvictoria adeptd, " a victory being obtained." Adi-
piscor is therefore a common verb.
XI. Neuter-passives are active intransitive vcrbs, which
have a passive form with an active meaning in the perfect,
"
but follow the active form in the other tenses ; as, audeo, I
dare," perfect, ausus sum ; gaudeo, " I rejoice," perfect, ga-
vxsus sum, &c.
2
XII. The following verbs are called Neutral-passivcs,
namely, " I become" or " am made ;" vapulo, " I am
fio,

&c. is found with an accusative case, which some-

When a neuter verb
tiines happens, because it has obtained a tiansitive sensc and
it is either
considered as annexed
a regular passive voice, or the accusative is to be
adverbially to it, without being strictly its object.
1. From devono, " I lay aside."

2. Neutralia-passiva. The neuter-passives are called Neutro-passiva,

Digitized by Google
 130 THE VERB

beaten ;" veneo, " I am sold ;" which, under an active form,
have a passive meaning, and serve as passives to facio,

verbero, and vendo. •

XIII. Some active intransitive or neuter verbs have par-

ticiples, which are passive in form but active in signifi-
cation ;
as, coznatus, " one who has supped ;" pransus,
" one who has dined ;" juratus, " one who has sworn."

1 . Voices.

I. A voice is that accident of a verb which denotes

whether an action or energy is confined to tho agent or
nominative ;
as, cado, " I fall ;" or is exerted by the nom-
inative upon an external object ; as, amo virum, " I love tlie
man ;" or is exerted by an external object upon the nom-
inative ; as, vir amatur, " the man is loved."
II. As only active transitive verbs exert an energy on
external objects, so these only admit a passive voice.
III. Hence the voices are two in number, Active and
Passive, the one ending in o; as, amo ; and the other in
or ; as, amor.

2. Moods.
f . A mood expresses the manner in which the action or1

. state denoted by the verb exists.

II. There are in Latin four moods, the Indicative, Sub-
junctive, Imperative, and Infinitive.
III. The Indicative declares the action or state to exist
simply as a fact.

IV. The Subjunctive declares it to exist as something

conceived by the mind. It is generally, however, called
the Potential mood when it denotes that the action or state
might, could, would, or should exist ; and the Subjunctive
when it is subjoined to certain words and particles to be
named hereafter.
V. The Imperative commands an action to be done or

1. The term mood is derived from the Latin mcdus, «« a manner "

Digitized by
 THE VERB. 131

a state to exist ; as, scribe, " write tliou docetor, " let him
be taught."
VI. The Infinitive does not define the person or the time,
but only whether the action or state be terminated or not
terminated. In the former case it is called the Perfect, in
the latter the Present of the innnitive.
VII. By means of the participle in rus and the verb esse,
" to be," an infinitive is formed, denoting an act about to be

performed. By means of the participle in dus and the same

verb, another infinitive is formed, denoting a state that
should be produced. Thus, scio eum scripturum esse, " I

know that he is about to write." Intelligo hoc faciendum

esse, " I am aware that this should be done."

3. Tenses.
1
I.
'
Tenses are the times in which the action or state ol
the verb exists.
II. There are in Latin seven tenses, naraely, the Present,
Imperfect, Aorist, Perfect, Plupcrfect, First Future, and
Second Future.
III. The Present designates an action or state going on
at the present time ;
as, scribo, " I am writing."
IV. The Imperfect expresses an action or state that was
going on at some past time, but was imperfect or in-
still

complete ;
as, scribebam, " I was writing ;" currtbas, " thou
wast running."
V. The Aorist has the same form with the perfect, but

a"marked difference in meaning. It denotes an action or

state completely past, without any reference to another ac-
tion at the same or a different time as, scripsi, " I wrote ;" ;

feci, " I did."

VI. The Perfect, on the other hand, denotes an action or

state which has taken place, indeed, at a previous time, but
which is connected, either in it3elf, or its consequences, or
11
1. Tempus, the Latin for a tense," means rtme."

Digitized by Google
 THB VERB.

its aceompanying circumstances, with the present; as

scripst, "l have written ;" feci, " I have done ;" where thc

inference naturally is, that the writing still exists, and that
the action has just been performed.
VII. The Pluperfect denotes an action or state that was
completed before some other action or state took place,
which also is past as, cedificaverat, " he had built." Prt-
;

usquam auxilia venerunt, hostes superavtrat, " he had con-

quered the enemy before succours arrived."
VIII. The First Future, 1 which might more correctly
be termed the Incomplete Future, dcnotes that an ection or
state will be going on some time hence, but not finished
as, coznabo, " I shall be supping ;" domus cedifcabitur, " the
house will be building."
IX. The Second Future, which might, in like manner,
bc more correctly called the Complete Future, denotes that
an action or state will be completed before another action
or state, which is also future, shall have taken place ; as,
c&navero, " I shall have supped." Cum fecero proficiscar,
" when I shali have done it, I will go."

4. Numbers and Persons.

I. A personal verb admits a person or thing as its subject
or nominative.
II. As one or more persons mdy speak, be spoken to, or
spoken of, there are two numbers ; namely, the singular,
which speaks of one, and the plural, which speaks of more
than one and ;

III. There are also three persons in each number. Ego,

tu, ille or illa, are the first, second, and third persons sin-

gular ; and nos, vos, illi or M<b, the first, second, and third
persons plural ; and to each of these the verb has appro-

1. In the ordinary grammars, the first future is given as the future

of the indicative, and the second future as the future of the subjunctive
This, however, is erroneous. Both tenses belong to the indicative. The
gubjunctive has no future

Digitized by
 THE YERB. 133

priate variations in its ending: thus, ego amo, tu am-as,

&c.
IV. Two or more persons may become the subject but, ;

as the first person is preferred to the second, and the second

to the third, ego joined to tu or ille is equivalent to nos
tu joined to ille or illi, to vos.
V. All nouns in thc singular belong to the third person
singular ; those that are plural, to the third person plural.
VI. Pronouns, participles, or adjectives, having nouns
understood to them, belong to the third person.
VII. Qui takes the person of the antecedent. Ipse may
be joined, according to the sense, to any person.
VIII. To verbs also belong Participles, Gerunds, and Su
pines.

1. Participles.

I. A Participle is a part of speech derived from a verb

and partaking of the nature of a verb and an adjective.

II. It resembles an adjective in being declined by cases

and in agreeing with a noun ; and partakes of the nature

of the verb in being distinguished into different times, and
in governing the same case as the verb.
III. There are four participles ; one ending in ans or ens,
and another in rus, both generally active one ending in ;

dus, always passive ;* and another ending in tus, sus, or

I . Thc participle in dus is. comraonly called a future one of the pass-
ive voice, and we have retained the appellation for convenience' sake.
There are, however, many instances in which the participle in dus seems
to have tho import of the present. Perizonius is of opinion, therefore,
that it was originally a participle of the present tense passive, and ,ays
some being uniformly derived from the present participle
strcss on its
active, following even its irregularity in the only one which is irregular ;
thus, iens, euntis, eundus. Crombie advocates the same opinion, and
maintains, moreover, that this participle does not, by its own power, even
express futurity, or fche obligation either of necessity or duty. He does
not, however, deny that the participle in dus, when joined to the verh
sum, uniformly denote3 moral or physical obligation but he contends ;

that in such phraseologies there is no word expressive of futurity or od-

ligation, although the combination of the two words has, by usage, ac-
quired this signification, in the same manner as in English such expres
12

Digitized by Google
 134 THE VERB. «

xus, generally passive, but sometimes active or common,

according to the nature of the verb.
IV. Active verbs have two participles ; a present parti-
ciple ending in ns ; as, amans, " loving;" and a future one
in rus ; as, amaturus, " about to love."
V. Passive verbs have, in like manner, two participles
one ending in tus, sus, or xus, called the perfect participle ;

as, amatus, " loved ;" visus, " seen ;" and another ending
in dus, called the future participle ; as, amandus, " to be

loved," or " deserving" or " requiring to be loved."

VI. Active intransitive verbs have sometimes two parti-
ciples ; as, sedens, " sitting ;" sessurus, " about to sit ;" fre-

quently three ;
as, carens, " wanting ;" cariturus, " about to
want ;" carendus, " to be wanted and occasionally four
;"
;

as, jurans, " swearing ;" juraturus, " about to swear ;" ju-
ratus, " having sworn ;" jurandus, " to be sworn."
VII. Neuter-passive verbs have generally three as, gau ;

dens, gavisus, and gavisurus, from gaudeo, " to rejoice." 1

VIII. Deponent verbs of an active signification have gen-

erally four participles ;
as, sequens, secuturus, secutus, se-
quendus, from sequor, ." to follow." Those of a neuter sig-
nification have generally but three ;
as, labcns, lapsus, lap-

surus, from labor, " to slip" or " glide."

IX. Common verbs have generally four participles ; as,
dignans, dignaturus, dignatus, dignandus, from dignor, " to
think worthy." Their perfect participle sometimes signi-
fies actively and sometimes passively as, adeptus victori-;

am, " having obtained a victory ;" or victoria adepta, " a vic-
tory being obtained."
X. All participles are adjectives ; those ending in ns are
of the third declension, the rest of the first and second.
sions as, " Is a man
to be punished for what he could not prevent 1" in
which there is no word expressive of duty, obligation, or futurity, aro
reckoned equivalent to " Ougkt a man to be punished ?"
1. But fido has only fidens and fisus ; and soleo only solens and solitus.

Digitized by Google
 THE VERB.

2. Gcrunds and Supines.

I. Qerunds are participial nouns, of the neuter gender
and singular number, declinable like substantives, having
no vocative, being construed like substantives, and govern-
ing the case of their verb.
II. They are called gerunds because they signify the
thing, as it were, in gerendo (anciently written gerundo), that
is, as being carried on at the time. and along with the action
they convey an idea of the agent.
III. A Supine is a verbal substantive, of the singular
number and fourth declension, having the same signification
as the verb.
There are two supines one in um, called the first
IV. ;

supine, which governs the case of the verb, and is supposed

to be an accusative ; and another in u, called the second,
or latter supine, supposed to be an ablative, governing no
case, and generally having a passive signification.

CONJUGATION OF THE VERB.

I. There are in Latin four conjugations, or modes of form-
ing the tenses of the verb, distinguished by the infinitive

mood.
II. The First Conjugation ends in dre, and has a long
before re of the infinitive ;
as, amdre, " to love ;" credre, " to

create."
III. The Second Conjugation ends in ere, and has e
long before re of the infinitive ;
as, monere9 " to warn ;" do-
cere, " to teach."

IV. The Third Conjugation ends in ire. and has * *

e short

before re of the infinitive ; as, regere, " to rule ;" currere,

«* to run."
V. The Fourth Conjugation ends in ire, and has i long
before re of the infinitive ; as, audxre, " to hear ;" punire,
" to punish."

Digitized by Google
136 THE VEBB.

FORMATION OF THE TENSES.

I. There are four principal parts of the verb, from which
all the others are formed, namely
The Present Indicative,
The Present Infinitive,
The Perfect Indicative,
THE FlR8T SUPINE.

II. To Conjugate a verb is to give these several parts in

the order in which they have just been named. Thus,

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. Ist Supine

Ist Conj. Amo, Amare, Amavi, Amatum.
2d « Moneo, Monere, Monui, Monitum.
3d " Rego, Regere, Rexi, Rectum.
4th " AudTo, Audlre, Audivi, Auditum.

III. These principal parts, it will be perceived, from the

verbs just given, end, in the different conjugations, as fol-
l
lowi3 :

1. The true view of the case is undoubtedly the following, as given

by Struve (Grammatische Untersuchung, p. 134, scq.). The third con-
jugation was the oldest, and the parent source of the other three, which
are to be regarded, strictly speaking, as mere derivatives from it, and
have every appearance, in some of their parts, of being contracted verbs.
Thus,
Amao, contracted Amo. Amaimus, contracted Amamus.
Amais, M Amas. Amaitis, u Amatis.
Amait, U Amat. Amaunt, M Amant.
Moneo. 1 Moneimus, tt
Monemus.
Mondis, u Mones. 1 Moneitis, tt
Monetis.
Moneit, «(
Monet. j Moneunt, u Monent.
Audlo. Audilmus, u Audimus.
Audiis,
tt
Audis. Audiitis, u Auditis.
tt
Audiit, Audit. Audiunt.

The final and audit, where we would expect

syllables in amat, morict,
to see a long vowel resulting from the contraction, are shortened by the
mfluence of the t at the end of the words, and which controls, as it were,
the contraction, in order to pre^erve the analogy of the language

Digitized by
 THE VERB. 137

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. Ist Supine.

Ist Conj. o, are, avi, atum.

2d " . eo, ere, Ul, Itum.
3d " o, ere, tum.
4th « 10, rre, Ivi, Itum.

IV. As, in order to form the other tenses, it is necessary

to know not merely the present of the indicative and in-
finitive, but also the perfect and supine, the following rules
must be carefully attended to.

1. Thefirst, second, an&fourth conjugations, with some

exceptions in the first, form the perfect and supine as
follows

lst Conj. in avi and atum ; as, amdvi, amdtum.

2d " in ui and Itura ;
" monui, monltum.
4th " in Ivi and Itum ;
" audivi, audxtum.

2. In the third conjugation the following laws hold good,

namely,
If a vowel precede ere in the infinitive, the perfect is

formed by adding i to the root, and the supine by

adding tum. But in the case of the supine the vowel
of the root becomes long ;
as,

acu-o, acu-i, acu-tum.

tribu-o, tribu-i, tribu-tum.

But if a consonant precede ere, the regular termination

of the perfect is in si ; as, carpo, carpsi ; demo, demsi%
&c.
The s, however, of this si undergoes various changes
(a) When the letters c, g, h, or qu precede, it unites
with them and forms x ; as, duco, duxi ; fingo, finxi
traho, traxi ; coquo, coxi.
(b) When the letter b precedes, it is changed into p;
as, scribo, scripsi.

(c) When d precedes, sometimes s, sometimes d is

dropped ;
as, defendo, defendi ; claudo. clausi.
12*

Digitized by Google
 THE VEKB

(d) The leuer s is also dropped in many verbs whose

deviations in this respect are best learned from the
dictionary<5 as, lego, legi ; emo, emi, &ic<

The supine, when a consonant precedes ere, adds tum

to the root ; as, carp-o, carp-tum ; dic-o, dic-tum.

Some change of the preceding consonant, however,

occasionally takes place ;
as, for example,
(a) The letter b changes to a p; as, in scrib-o, scrip-

tum ; nubo, nuptum.

(b) The letters g, h, and qu change into c ; as, reg-o,

rec-tum; trah-o, trac-tum; coqu-o y coc-tum.

(c) Verbs in do make sum in place of dtum ; as, de-

fend-o, defen-sum.
(d) In some verbs the supine has x; as, fg-o,fix-um

in others, n of the root is thrown out ;

as, vinc-o,

vic-tum.

3 Two irregularities are especially common in the for-

mation of the perfect of the third conjugation ;
lst, the
reduplication of the first consonant with the vowel that
follows it, or with e; as, tundo, tutudi; cano, cecXni;
curro, cucurri ; parco, peperci ; and, 2d, many of them
are formed like the second conjugation, especially
those in lo and mo ; as, alo, aliii, alitum (or altum)
molo, moliii, moVltum ; gemo, gemiii, gemXtum.
V. The present, infinitive, perfect, and supine being now
known, the other tenses are formed from them as follows •

I. From the Present Indicative Active are formed.

1. The Present Subjunctive Active.
2. The Imperfect Indicative Active.
3. The First Future Active.
1. The Present Subjunctive Active is formed by chang-
ing o into em in the first conjugation ;
as, am-o, am-em ;
and o into am in the remaining conjugations ; mon-
as,

eo, mon-eam ; reg-o, reg-am ; aud-io, aud-iam.

Digitized by Google
 THE VERB. 139
And from this present subjunctive active comes, in its
turn, the present subjunctive passive, by changing m
into r in all the conjugations ; as, am-er, mon-ear,
reg-ar, aud-iar.

2. The Imperfect Indicative Active is formed by changin^

o in the first conjugation into abam ; and, in the re-
maining conjugations, into ebam; as, am-dbam, mon-
ebam, reg-ebam, audi-ebam.
And from this is formed the same tense in the passive
by changing m into r; as, am-abar,mon-ebar, reg-ebar,
audi-ebar.
3 The First Future Active is formed by changing o in
the first conjugation into dbo, in the second into Ibo,
and in the third and fourth into am ; as, laud-dbo, mon-
ebo, reg-am, audi-am.

And from this is formed the first future passive by

adding r in the first and second conjugations, and by
changing m into r in the third and fourth ; as, am-abor,
mon-ebor, reg-ar, audi-ar.

II. From the Present Infinitive Active are formed,

1. Tke Imperative Active.

2. The Imperfect Subjunctive Active.
3. The Present Infnitive Passive.
1. The Imperative Active is formed by dropping re ; as,
amdre, ama ; monere, mone ; regere, rege ; audire, audi.
2. The Imperfect Subjunctive Active is formed by adding
m; as, amdre, amdrem ; monere, monerem; regere, re-
gerem ; audire, audirem.
And from this same tense is formed the imperfect sub-
junctive passive by changing m into r ; as, amdrer9
monerer, regerer, audirer.
3. The Present Infinitive Passive is formed by changing
e into i in the first, second, and fourth conjugations, and
ere into t in the third ; as, amdre, amdri ; monere, mo-
neri; audire, audiri; legere, legi.

Digitized by Google
140 TIIE V£RB.

III. From the Perfect Indicative Active are formed,

1. The Perfect Infinitive Active.

2. The Pluperfect Indicative.
3. The Perfect Subjunctive.
4. The Pluperfect Subjunctive.
5. The Second Future.
1 The Perfect Infinitive Active is formed by adding sse ;

as, amavi, amavisse ; monui, monuisse ; rexi, rexisse

audivi, audivisse,
2. The Pluperfect Indicative is formed by changing t

into eram ; as, amavi, amaveram ; monueram, rexeram,

audiveram.
3. The Perfect Subjunctive is formed by changing t into
ertm; as, amavi, amaverim; monui, monuerim ; rexi,

rexerim ; audivi, audiverim,

4. The Pluperfect Subjunctive is formed by adding ssem
as, amavi, amavissem ; monui, monuissem ; rexi, rexis-
sem ; audivi, audivissem.
5. The Second Future is formed by changing t into ero ;

as, amavi, amavero ; monui, monuero ; rexi, rexgro

audivi, audivero,

IV. From the Supine are formed,

1. The Future Participle Active.

2. The Perfect Participle Passive,
1. The Future Participle Active is formed by changing
um into ftrus ; as, amdtum, amaturus ; monitum, moni-
tvrus ; rectum, recturus ; audUum, auditurus.
2, The Perfect Participle Passive is formed by changing
um into us, a, um; as, amdtum, amdtus, -a, -um; moni-
tus, -a, -um ; rect-us, -a, -um ; audit-us, -a, -um.

VI. The Present Participle Active ends, as has already

been remarked, in the first conjugation in ans ; in the second
and third in ens ; in the fourth in iens ; as, amans, monens,
regens, audiens. Hence is derived the participle passive in

Digitized by Google
 THE VERB SUM. 141

dus, by clianging ns into dus ; as, amans, amandus ; monens,

monendus ; regens, regendus ; audiens, audiendus.
Hence also is derived the Gerund ;
as, amandum, aman-
di, amando, &c.

XLVIII. THE VERB SUM.

I. Sum is called an Auxiliary verb, because its aid is
necessary to the complete conjugation of the passive voice.
II. It is also called a Substantive verb, because it is the

most general expression of existence.

III. Its conjugation is very irregular, and this irregularity
is owing to the circumstance of its being derived partly
from the Greek elfit (eimi), and partly from $1x0 (fuo).
IV. It is thus conjugated :

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind.

Sum, esse, fui, to be.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, anu
Singular. PluraU
1. Sum, / am, Sumus, we are,
2. Es, tkou art, Estis, ye are,
3. Est, he is, Sunt, tkey are.

Imperfect, was (state of being going on).

1. Eram, Iwas, Eramus, we were,
2. Eras, thou wast, Eratis, ye were,
3. Erat, he was, Erant, they were.

Aorist, was (past time indeflnite).

1. Fui, JT was, Fuimus, we were,
2. Fuisti, tkou wast, Fuistis, ye were,
3. Fuit, he was, Fuerunt or fuf re, tkey were.

Perfect, kave been.

1. Fui, / kave been, FuTmus, we kave been,
2. Fuisti, thou kast been, Fuistis, ye kave been,
3. Fuit, he has been, Fuerunt or fuere, tkey have
»

Digitized by Google
 142 THE -VERB 3UM.

Pluperfect, had been.

1. Fueram, I had been, Fueramus, we had been,

2. Fueras, thou hadst been 9 Fueratis, ye had been,

3. Fuerat, he had been ; Fuerant, they had been.

First Future, shall or will be.

1. Ero, I shall or will be, Erimus, we shall or wiU be 9

2. Eris, thou shalt, &c, be, Erltis, ye shall, &c., be,
3. Erit, he shall, &c, be ; Erunt, they shall, &c, be.

Second Future, shall or will have been.

1. Fuero, I shall, &c, Aat>£ Fuerimus, we shall, &c, Aaue

2. Fueris, *Aom sAafr, &c, Fuerltis, ye shall, &c, have

have been, been,
3. Fuerit, he shall, &c, Aave Fuerint, they shall, &c, Aat»«
been ; been.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, may be.

1. Sim, I may be, Slmus, we may be,

2. Sis, thou mayest be, Sltis, ye may be,
3. Sit, he may be ; Sint, they may be.

Imperfect, might, eould, would, or should be.

1. Essem, J m*§-A*, &c, fo, Essemus, we might, &c, ta,

2. Esses, *Aou mightest, &c, Essetis, ye might, &c Je, ,

3. Esset, Ae might, &c, ; Essent, *Aey might, &c, 6e

Perfect, may have been.

1. Fuerim, / may Aare fceew, Fuerimus, m?cmay Aave taen,

2. Fueris, thou mayest have Fuentis, ye may have been,
been,
3. Fuerit, he may have been ; Fuerint, they may have been

Digitized by Google
 THE VER3 SUM 143

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should haps been.

1. Fuissem, I might, &c, Fuissemus, we might, &c,
have been, have been,
2. Fuisses, thou mightest, Fuissetis, ye might, &c, have
&c, have been, been,

3. Fuisset, he might, &c, Fuissent, they might, &c,

have been ; have been.

IMPERATlVE MOOD.
2. Es or esto, be thou, Este or estote, $6 ye,
3. Esto, let him be ; Sunto, let them he.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present and Imperfect, Esse, to be.
Perfect and Pluperfect, Fuisse, to have been.
First Future, Esse futurus, to be about to be. 1

Second Future, Fuisse futurus, to have been

about to be.

Participle. Future, Futurus, a, um, about to be.

V. The compounds of sum, namely, adsum, absum, desum,

insum, intersum, obsum, prasum, subsum, supersum, are de-
clined like the simple verb, except that insum and subsum
want the perfect and the tenses formed from it.
VI. In prosum, another compound, a d is interposed when
a vowel follows pro ; as, prodes, proderam, prodesse, <fcc,

while possum, from potis and sum, is very irregular. Both

these verbs will be considered under the head of irregular
verbs, to which, in strictness, however, possum alone be-
longs.
VII. Instead of essem, the form forem (contracted from
fuerem) is also in use.
VIII. Ens, the participle present of sum, is used only as
a substantive in philosophical language, and in the two
. 'uipounds absens and prcBsens. »

: This sarae participle, when joined with *im, supplies the place, m
">:. >»respect, of a future of the 8ubjunctive ;
as, futurus «m, 8X9, &c.,
.rury be abont to be," &c.
"

Digitized by
144 EXERCISES ON THE VBRB STJM

XLIX. EXERCISES ON SUM AND ITS COMPOUNDS.

L
Translate the following, and name the number and per-
son, &c.
Ego sum homo.—Nunquam solus Deus semper tecum es,

est. — Si — Tu, pater

contenti sumus, fellces erimus. tuus,
ct omnes homines, mortales. — Omnes homines, reges,
estis
1

principes, divites et pauperes sunt vitae futurae haeredes.

Olim adolescens eram, nunc vir sum, mox senex ero. Olim —
Adolescentes eramus, nunc viri sumus, mox senes erimus.
0 puer, multi laboris et curae causa matri tuae eras. — Saepe
in domo exigua vir magnus est. — Pueri, qui hic estis, olim
— Antiquissimis hominibus specus pro domi
eratis infantes. 2

bus —Si contentus nunquam pauper. —Igna*

erant. es, eris
vus semper ignarus. — Nunc pueri
erit aliquando estis, eritia
viri,denique senes. — Boni homines sunt erunt et felices,
mali —Ego idem sum qui
vnfelices. semper ero qui 8
fui, et 4

—Darie, ultimus regum Persarum

fui. —Marce fuisti !
Tulli,
quanta fuit tua eloquentia, gloria et doctrina! — Sumus, fui-
mus, eamus semper in potestate Dei. Nero et Caligula,
et —
Cacsarum Romanorum crudelissimi fuistis Fuerunt plures ! —
Hercules ; seleberrimus eorum furt Hercules Graecus. —Ego
non sum Idem qui fui et fueram ; tu non es Idem, qui fuisti

et fueras.— Imperium imperatoris Titi, qui semper clemens

et benev51us fuerat, brevissimum fuit. — Nos omnes senes 5

non sumus iidem, qui pueri fuimus — Nonne

et fueramus.
omnes pueri fueratis, antequam viri eratis— Multae urbes
?

Graeciae, quae olim potentes fuerant, Christi aetate erant ex-

iguae. — Es industrius, puer ; nam vita humana est brevissi-

1. Aswe have already remarked, thc first pcrson is preferred to the

eecond, the second to the third. Hence we have estis here, as tu in the
second person controls pater and homines in the third.
2. Pro, " instead of," " in lieu of."
3. Qui, " that."
4. Qui, " thc one that."
6 Senes, " as old men pueri, " when ho^rs."

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE VERB SUM. 145

ma. — Este diligentes ; nam labor parens est omnium virtu

vim. — Justus esto, judex! — Qui miser est, semper mihi
proximus esto. —In schola, discipuli, diligentes et jttenti
estote. —Aliorum exempla nobis veluti specula sunto.

Quis sim mihi notum est, quis futurus sim' mihi ignotum
est. — Sit 2
mens sana in corpore sano. —Benigni simus non
solum adversus amicos, sed etiam adversus inimicos.—Ne
sitis* hominum censores rigidi. — Utinam 4
virtutum
ingenii et
patriarum haeredes semper sint liberi —Essem malus homo,
!

si adversus parentes, praeceptores et alios homines benefi-

cos ingratus essem. — Tu esses ditior si magis prodlgus fu-
issem. — Quis pauper, omnes homines
esset si benefici et
liberales essent.—Essetis doctiores, discipuli, si diligentio-
res — Qualis puer fuerim mihi ignotum — Qui
fuissetis. est.

vitae exitusEuripldi ignotum —Qui Home-

fuerit, doctis est.

rus Hesiodus
et multis ignotum
fuerint—Multi est. feliciores
essent, semper providi
si — Omnibus ignotum fuissent. est,

quid futurum —Quae sit. deo nota —

futura sint, soli sunt. In-
certum quam longa
est nostrum cujusque vita futura sit.

Usus frequens
cerevisiae ubi vinum —Mensisest, deest.
mundltia.— Mag-
5
rotundis desunt anguli.— ne Epistolae desit
no Persarum
exercitui dux peritus.— Bonis nunquam
defuit
deerunt amici. — consilium, animus,
Aliis
6
occasio aliis aliis

deest.—Eae sunt
civitates quibus optimi
felicissimae praesunt

magistratus. — Septem sapientes omnes, Tha-

Graeciae praeter

letem Milesium, —
civitatibus suis
Reipublicae praefuerunt.

Consult note 1, page 143.

1.
Sit, " let there be."
2. So, in the next sentence, simus, " let us be."
3. With the imperative not must be rendered by nt. Instead, how-
ever, of the imperative, used as an ezhortation, the present or perfect
subjunctive may be used, where it is intended to express the command
in a milder form : as in English, you should is used for the imperative.
Hence nt sitis may be rendered 44 do not be."
4. Utinam libtri sint " Oh that children may be," implying that they
t

may or may not be. But utinam libtri tsstnt, " Oh that children were !'
implying that they are not.
5. Dtsum, prasum, and some other compouuds of sum, take the da-
tive.
6 & liis -altis, " to some"—" to others."
13

Digitized by Google
146 EXERCISES ON THE VERB SUM

Romanee praeerant consules, Atheniensibus Archontes.— Ex-

ercitui fortissimo si praesit imperator timidus, haud certa est
victor^a. — In aqua marinavs^l — inest.
1
Semina2 scintillarum
—Demosthenes multis
insunt etiam in ligno. reis
8
adfuit.

Adestote animis, qui 4

—Aristldes
adestis corporibus. interfuit

pugnae navali apud Salamina. — Divites pauperibus adsunto.

— Infelicibusquam multis morienti magnum
adfuisse, sola-
tium —
erit. principium
Inter interltum et Ro- reipublicae
manae mille ducenti et viginti anhi interfuerunt.

ii.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latm into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

Thou that art poor, but Tu qui sum pauper sed vali-
healthy, art happier ihan dus, sum felix quam dives
the richest man who is of a qui sum corpus infirmus.
sickly frame.
Are you not all children of one Nonne tu omnis sum liberi

father unus pater ?

Ye doves, howpure, ye eagles, Tu columba quam purus, tu
how cruel ye are ! aquila quam crudelis sum
Hannibal, thou wert the great- Hannibal, tu sum magnus dux
est leader of the Carthagin- Carthaginiensis
ians.
My son, be a good boy, and Meus filius, sum puer bonus,

thou wilt be pleasing to et Deus homoque acceptus

God and man. sum.
Who will be happy in death ? Quis sum felix in mors?
He who shall have been IUe qui in hic vita pius
pious in this life. sum.

1. It is looked upon, generally, as an elegance, to have a preposition

in composition, and the same preposition, with a case governed by it, in
one and the same clause.
2. Semina> " the germes." The reference is to latent heat.
3. Reis. The adjective, from reus.
4. Animis, " with your minds
"

Digitized by
 EXERCISES ON THE VERB SUM. 147

Thou keaven, and ye stars, be I Ta coelun), et tu stella, sum

of the wisdom
ever witnesses semper testis sapientia et

and goodness*of God. beneficentia Deus.

You Phoznicians were tke «*- Tu Phcenlce8 sum inventor
ventors of very many arts. plurimus ars.
I wish I were very learned. Utinam sum doctus.
Oh that we may be free and Utinam sum liber et felix.
kappy.
Do not be a defender of all Ne sum omnis perditus sce-
abandoned and most wicked leratusque homo defensor
men.
He is most happy who shall Qui pius sum ille felix sum
have been most pious.
The war is about to be most Bellum sum atrox.
. cruel.

What may be about to be is Quis sum notus sum ego om-

known to us all wko are kere. nis qui hic sum.
Magistrates preside over the Magistratus civitas praesum,
state, laws over magistrates. magistratus lex.
Let the safety of the people be Salus populus supremus lex
the supreme law. sum.
To certain animals feet are Quidam animal desum pes.
wanting.
Regulus commanded thc Ro- Regulus exercitus Romanus
man army. prse8um.
Let clamour and quarrels be Absum clamor et rixa.

away.
He to wkom sigkt is wanting Qui visus desum, caecus sum
is blind ; to whom hearing, qui auditus, surdus ;
qui
deaf ; to whom speeck, «ermo, mutus.
dumb.
In wine tkere is trutk. In vinum insum veritas.
Be presenty ok my God, to the Adsum, meus Deus, prece»
prayers of all who are faitk- omnis qui fidelis sum, et

ful and witk pure kearts. cor puni8.

Digitized by Google
»
148 FIRST CONJUGATION.

L. FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE VOICE.

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. Sugine
Amo, Amare, Amavi, Ama To
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, love.

Sing. 1. Am-o, Ilove,

2. Am-as, Thou lovest,

3. Am-at, He loves ;

Plur. 1. Am-amus, We love,

2. Am-atis, Ye love,

3. Am-ant, They love.

Imperfect, was loving.

Sing. 1. Am-abam, / was loving,

2. Am-abas, Thou wast loving,
3. Am-abat, He was loving ;
Plur. 1. Am-abamus, We were loving,
2. Am-abatis, Ye were loving,
3. Am-abant, They were loving.

Aorist, loved.
Sing. 1. Am-avi, I loved,
2. Am-avisti, Thou didst love,

3. Am-avit, He loved
Plur. 1. Am-avimus, We loved,
2. Am-avistis, Ye loved,
3. Am-averuntor They loved.
-avere.

Perfect, have loved.

Sing. 1 . Am-avi, / have loved,

2. Am-avisti, Thou hast loved,
3. Am-avit, He has loved ;
Plur. 1. Am-avimus, We have loved,
2. Am-avistis, Ye have loved,

3. Am-averunt or They have loved.

-avere
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 149

Pluperfect, kad loved.

Sing. 1. Am-averam, I had loved,

2. Am-averas, Thou kadst loved,

3. Am-averat, He kad loved;

Plur. 1. Am-averamus, We had loved,

2. Am-averatis, Ye kad loved,

3. Am-averant, Tkey kad loved.
First Ftjture, skall or vrill love.

Sing. 1. Am-abo, I skall, &c, love,

2. Am-abis, Tkou skalt, &c, love,
3. Am-abit, He skall, &c, love

Plur. 1. Am-abimus, We skall,&c, love,

2. Am-abitis, Ye skall, &c, love,
3. Am-abunt, Tkey skall, &c, love.

Second Future, skall or will kave loved.

Sing. I. Am-avero, I skall, &c, kave loved,

2. Am-averis, Tkou &c, kave loved,
skalt,

3. Am-averit, He skall, &c, kave loved;

Plur. 1. Am-averimus, We skall, &c, kave loved,
2. Am-averitis, Ye skall, &c, kave loved,
3. Am-averint, They shall, &c, kave loved

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present, may love.
Sing. 1. Am-em, I may love,
2. Am-es, Thou mayest lovet

3. Am-et, He may love;

Plur. 1 . Am-emus, We may love,
2. Am-etis, Ye may love,

3. Am-ent, Tkey may love.

Imperfect, migkt, eould, would, or skould love.

Sing. 1. Am-arem, I migkt, &c, love,

2. Am-ares, Tkou migktest, &c, love,

3. Am-aret, He migkt, &c, love ;

13*

Digitized by Google
150 FIRST CONJUGATION.

Plur. 1. Am-aremus, We might, &c, love,

2. Am-aretis, Ye might,&c, love,
3. Am-arent, T^cy fwtg-Af, &c, love.

Perfect, may have loved.

Sing. 1. Am-averim, I may have loved,

2. Am-averis, TAou mayest have loved,

3. Am-averit, Ue may Aav* loved;

P/ur. 1. Am-averlmus, We may Kave loved,
2. Am-aventis, Ye may have loved,
3. Am-averint, They may have loved.

Pluperfect, might, could, vnuld, or should have loved.

Sing. 1. Am-avissem, I might, &c, have loved,

2. Am-avi8ses, Thou mightest, &c, have loved,
3. Am-avisset, Hemight, &c, haveloved;
Plur. 1. Am-avissemus, We might, tiic, have loved,
2. Am-avissetis, Yie might,&c, Aaue loved,
3. Am-avissent, Tfoy mt^Af, &c, Aave iwerf.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Siw^. 2. Am-a :>r -ato, Zove Mou,
3. Am-ato, Z»e* Atm Zovc ;

PZe/r. 2. Am-ate or -atote, Lotx? ye,

3. Am-anto, Let them love.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. and Imp., Am-are, To love,
Perf. and Plup., Am-avisse, To have loved,
First Fut., Esse am- To be about to love,

aturus,
Second Fut., Fuisse am- To have been about to love.

aturus,

PARTICIPLES.
Pres. and Imp., Am-ans, Loving,
Futurb, Am-aturus, a, um, About to love.

Digitized by
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 151

GERUNDS.
Nom. Am-andum, Loving,
Gen. Am-andi, Of loving,
Dat. Am-ando, To loving,
Acc. Am-andum, Lovingj
Abl. Am-ando, By, &c, loving.

SUPINES.
First, Am-atum, To love,
Sccond, Am-atu, To be loved.

LI EXERCISES ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE

VOICE.

I.

Translate the following, and mention the tense, number,

person, &c.

Tu me amas, ego te amo. —Animus non

peccat, corpus.
—Aslnus onera portat gravissima. —Rogamus Deum, ut no-
bis propitius sit ; nam tum demum felices sumus, quum
Deus nobis propitius est.— Si correctorem amatis, pueri,
salutem vesrram amatis ; si reprehensorem repudiatis, stulti

estis. —Innumerae stellae ornant coelum nocturnum. —Te de-

lectant tua negotia, 1
2
me mea, quemque sua. —Ego et omnes
praeceptores laudamus diligentes discipulos, et vituperamus
pigros. —Tu, omnes homines amamus et adoramus
ego, et
Deum, universimundi creatorem. —
Omnes homines et vos,
qui hic adestis, amatis et adoratis Deum, benignissimum
patrem nostrum —
omnium. Olim habitabam in agro, nunc
habito in urbe. — Horati, vehementer vituperabas pravos
mo-
res degenerum Romanorum — Pythagoras omnibus ! horaini-
bus frugalitatem commendabat. —Nos iEgyptii antiquissimis
temporibus easdem fere regiones habitabamus, quas nunc

1. Negotia, " affairs."

2. The student will remember that, grammatically speakinc, the first
person is superior to the second, and the second to the third. Hence
we have laudamus here, and soon after amatis and adoratis.

Digitized by Google
152 EXERCISES ON THB FIRST CONJUGATION

habitamus. —Romani quotannis binos consules creabanU

Parentes, patriam, et omnia, quae bona sunt, semper amabo,
honorabo, laudabo. — Si
et multos numerabis ami-
sis felix,

cos. —Deus aliquando omnes mortuos — AHbi ha- suscitabit.

bitabimus post mortem. — Senes semper laudabunt tempora

praeterita.

Optima semper laudavi, pessima vituperavi. — Quam po-

tens et sapiens es, mi Deus, qui universum mundum crea-
visti !
—Calchas
divinavit annos belli Trojani. Nos Chris- —
tianisemper veritatem amavimus. O injusti Athenienses, —
qui Socratem damnavistis —
Ciceronem Quintus Catulus
!

multique alii patrem patriae nominaverunt. —Puer, 1

semper
optaveram ut dives essem, nunc autem opto ut justus et sa-

piens sim.— Croese, magnae quas comparaveras,

divitiae, tibi

tenon servaverunt — Fratres.Josephi dilaceraverunt vestem

!

versicolorem, quam pater donaverat. — Rex ipsi nobis noster,

donavit pacem, quam diu frustra expectaveramus. —Spec-
tavistis, pueri, quod optaveratis. —Romulus Remus, quoset

pastores educaverant, fuerunt conditores Romae. —Non re-

pudiabo amicos, quos mihi comparavero. — Poma gustabis,
si arbores plantaveris. — Ule, qui, in hac vita, Deum adorave-
rit, homines amaverit, et laudabilia laudaverit, in altera be-
atissimus —Si bonam famam nobis servaverimus,
erit. satis

—Quum
divites erimus. quot
viginti duplicaveritis, discipuli,

numerabitis — Si quid ignoras interroga

? —Milites sapientes.
supplices. — Homo semper
2
victores ne inermes
trucldate et
sibi bonam famam —Celebratote dies
seryato. —Ju- festos.
niores seniores honoranto. — Magistratus quotannis bini
sunto, eosque omnes honoranto, salutanto, et consules vo-
canto.
Religio Christiana postulat, ut* non solum parentes et
propinquos amem, sed etiam alios homines ut4 me ipsum.
1. Puer, " when aboy."
2. Ne
trucidate. Consult note 3, page 146.
3. Ut, " that." The conjunction, and construed with the subjunctiye.
4. 1% *' as," the adverb.

Digitized by
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 153

— Quis
In rebus adversis ne desperes. quin in dubitet,
1
vir-

—Laudemus optima, vituperemus pessima

tute divitiae sint ?

—Necem Caesaris probarem, percussores ejus rempubli-

si

cam Romanam servavissent —Deus terram !

nos creavit, ut
homines eam habitaremus. — Dubito an amicos, quos mihi
comparavero, unquam repudiaturus sim. —Nemo quin dubitat,
Deus mundum, quem creavit, gubernaturus et conservaturus
sit. — Quo
grues auctumno migraturae sint, cuinam notum
est ? —
Quid hodie laboraverim et cogitaverim tibi narrabo.
— Quid cogitemus, quid cogitaverimus, quid cogitaturi simus,
8oli Deo notum est. —
Historia narrat quantopere veteres Ro-
mani bellum et artes bellicas amaverint.2 Si semper de —
morte cogitavissem,8 minus saepe peccavissem. — Minus
saepe peccavissetis, homines, si cogitavissetis, quam justus
sit
4
—Errare humanum —In
Deus. perseverare
est. errore
turpe —Multo se ipsum, quam hostem, superare opero-
est.
6

—
sius est. Sibi6 divitias
comparare jucundum —Deum est.

adoravisse,atque homines amavisse, morienti magnum so *

latium —Ipsa voluntas peccandi peccatum.—Anto-

erit. est
nius deditissimus potando. — Camelus non solum ad
erat
portandum, sed etiam ad equitandura, idoneus. — Summa est

^
icilium
— Fumans camlnus
aceti vis est in refrigerando.
humanum.—Erranti monstremus
gum somnianti.— Cantantes in aerem
1

2.
—Nihil
dom-

Quin, " but that." Construed with the subjunctive.

.
iter.

alaudae evolant.

Amaverinty " loved." All sentences, clauses, or simple words

which contain an indirect question, that is, which do not put a question,
but state the subject of one, dependant upon some other verb or prepo-
indicat
est lon-

sition, are, in Latin, in the subjunctive mood. AU the words which are
used for direct questions, with the indicative mood, may in this way
have a subjunctive, such as, quis, quot, qualis, quantus, &c, and among
the nuraber quantopere. It must be observed, moreover, that frequently,
in translating this subjunctive into English, we have to use the indica-
tive, as in the present instance.
3. Cogitavissem, " had reflected." The mood is the subjunctive,
but we have to employ our indicative in translating Compare previous
note, towards its close.
4. Sit, «* is." Consult note 2.
5. Se ipsum y " one's own self."
6. Sibi, " one^s self."

Digitized by Google
154 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION

n.
Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-
matical, so as to suit the English words opppsite.

Virtue conciliates and pre- Virtus concilio et servo ami-

servcs friends. cus.

Cicero surpassed all the Ro- Cicero supero omnis Roma-

mans in eloquence. nus in eloquentia.
Cato used to call Sicily the Cato voco Sicilia aerarium
treasury of tke Roman peo- •xmn Jus Romanus.
ple.

We Christians worship none Ego Christianus adoronullus

other than the true God. alius quam verus Deus.
Vulcan and the Cyclopes in- Vulcanus et Cyclops habito
habited jEtna, a mountain iEtna, mons Sicilia.

of Sicily.

I have praised a country life, Laudo vita rusticus, at nunc

but now I will praise a city vita urbanus laudo.

life.

You Romans are going to call Tu Romanus voco fortis mi-

out the bravest soldiers. les.

The time offighting is now at Tempus pugno nunc adsum.

hand.
Be ye all faithful, and fight Sum omnis fidelis, et pugno
and conquer, and celebrate et supero, et quum ad urbs
victory when ye shall have advento victoria celebro
drawn near to the city.
Therc are even flying fishes. Sum etiam piscis volo.
The instances of changingfor- Exemplum vario fortuna sum
tune are innumerable. innumerus.
Let us all praise the man who Omnis laudo homo qui sui
preserves himself from the servo ab insidiae vitium, et
snares of vice, and curbs cupiditas malus freno
his evil desires.
Let your books delight ycu. Tuus liber delecto tu.

Digitized by
 FIRST CONJUGATION, PASSiVE VOICE. 155

You would regulate ydur life Melius colloco vita vestra

better, my friends, if you amicus, si prudens sum.
were more prudent.
Most beloved sister, you are Dilectus soror supero ego
going to surpass me in doctrina.
leaming.
You would taste fruits if you Pomum gusto si arbor planto.
had planted trees.

Many men would sin less, if Multus homo minus pecco, 81

they would rejlect how just cogito quam justus sum
God is. Deus.
We put to flight sorrow by Moeror canto fugo.
singing.
This war is going to desolate Hic bellum urbs noster de-
our city. vasto.

LII. FIRST CONJUGATION, PASSIVE VOICE.

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf Perf Part.
Amor, Amari, Amatus, To be loved.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, am loved.

Sing. 1. Am-or, / am loved,

2. Am-aris or -are, Thou art loved,
3. Am-atur, He is loved

Plur. 1. Am-amur, We are loved,

2. Am-amini, Ye are loved>
3. Am-antur, They are loved.

Imperfect, was loved.

Sing. 1. Am-abar, / was loved,

2. Am-abaris or -abare, Thou wast loved,
3. Am-abatur, He was loved
Plur. 1 Am-abamur, We were loved,
2. Am-abamlni, Ye were loved,

3. Am-abantur, They were loved.

Digitized by Google
156 FIRST CONJUGATION, PASSIVE VOICE.

Aorist, was loved.

Sinst.
o 1. Am-atus sum or fui, / was lovcd,

2. Am-atus es or fuisti. Thou wast loved.

3. Am-atus est ar fuit. jffc tc as loved

Plur. 1. Am-ati sumus or fui- were lovedy
mus,
2. Am-ati estis or fu- Ye were loved,

istis, •

Q
o. Am-ati sunt or fue- They were loved.
runt or fuere,

Perfect, have been loved.

Sin?. 1. Am-atus sum or fui, I have been loved,

2 Am-atus es or fuisti, Thou hast been loved %
3. Am-atus est or fuit, He has been loved ;

Plur. 1. Am-ati sumus or fui- We have been loved,

mus,
2. Am-ati estis or fu- Ye have been loved,

istis,
a Am-ati sunt or fue- They have been loved.
runt or fuere,

Pluperfect, had been loved.

Am-atus eram or fue- I had bcen loved,

ram,
2 Am-atus eras or fue- Thou hadst been loved,
ras,
3. Am-atus erat or fue- He had been loved
rat,

Plur. 1. Am-ati eramus or We had been loved,

fueramus,
2. Am-ati eratis or fue- Ye had been loved,
ratis,

3. Am-ati erant or fue- They had been loved.

rant,

Digitized by Google
 FIRST CONJTJGATION, PA8SIVE VOICE. 157

First Future, shall or will be loved

Sing. 1. Am-abor, I shall, &c, be loved,

2. Am-aberis or abere, Thou shalt, &c, he loved,

3. Am-abitur, He shall, &c, be loved;

Plur. 1. Am-abimur, FPe shall, &c, 6e /oued,
2. Am-abimini, Ye shall, &c, 6e /ouerf,
3. Am-abuntur, TAey sAa//, &c, be loved.

Second Future, sAa// or t<*7/ Aave ieen /ovea*.

&ing. 1. Am-atus fuero, I shall, &c, Aave been loved,

2. Am-atus fueris, Thou shalt, &c, Aave 6een
loved,

3. Am-atus fuerit, J9e shall,&c, Aat>e &een /croeJ;

P/ur. 1. Am-ati fuenmus, TFe &c, Aave £een loved,
sAa//,

2. Am-ati fueritis, Ye shall, &c, Aot?e ^ee^n /ovea',

3. Am-ati fuerint, TAey sAa//, &c, Aat>e been
loved.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present, may be loved.

Sing. 1. Am-er, Imaybeloved,

2. Am-eris or -ere, TAau mayest be loved,

3. Am-etur, J/emay be loved

Plur. 1. Am-emur, We may be loved,
2. Am-emmi, Ye may be loved,
3. Am-entur, They may be loved.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should be loved.

Sing. 1 . Am-arer, / might, &c, be loved,

2. Am-areris or -arere, Thou mightest, &c, be loved,
3. Am-aretur, He might, &c.,be loved;
Plur. 1. Am-aremur, We &c, be loved,
might,
2. Am-aremini, Ye &c, be loved,
might,
3. Am-arontur, TAey might, &c, be loved.
14

Digitized by Google
158 FIR8T CONJUGATION, PASSIVE VOICE

Perfect, may have been laved.

Sing. 1. Am-atus sim ar fu- I may have been loved,

erim,
2. Am-atus sis or fueris, Thou mayest have been loved%
3. Am-atus sitor fuerit, He may have been loved;
Plur. L Am-ati slmus or fu- We may have been loved,
enmus,
2. Am-ati sltis or fue- Fe may A<it>e been loved,
ritis,

3. Am-ati sint or fue- TAey moy have been loved.

rint,

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or $A<wZ<f have been loved.

Sing. 1. Am-atus essem or I might, &c, have been loved,

fuissem,
2. Am-atus esses or TAou mightest, &c, Aat>e fcen
fuisses, loved,
3. Am-atus esset or He might, &c, Aaue ie^n
fuisset, hved
Plur. 1. Am-ati essemus or We might, &c, have been
fuissemus, loved,
2. Ara-ati essetis or Ye might, &c, have been
fuissetis, loved,
3. Am-ati essent or They might, &c, have been
fuissent, loved.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sing. 2. Am-are or -ator, Be thou loved,
3. Am-ator, Let him be loved;
Plur. 2. Am-amlni, Be ye loved,
3. Am-antor, Let them be loved.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. and Imp., Am-ari, Tobeloved.
Perf. and Plcp., Esse or fuisse To have been loved.
am-atus,
Future, Am-atum iri, To be about to be laved

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 159

PARTICIPLES.
Pjsrfect, Am-atus, a, um, Loved.
Future, Am-andus, um,
a, To be loved. 1

UIL EXERCISES ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION, PASS-

>
IVE VOICE.
Preliminary Rule.
The principal agent, when following a verb of passive
signification, is governed in the ablative by the prepositions
a, ab, or abs ;* as, Laudatur ab his, culpatur ab illis ; " he is

praised by these, is blamed by those."

I.

Translate the following, and mention the tense, number,

person, &c.
Honoro omnes probos, et honoror ab omnibus probis. —
Deus, nunquam satis laudaris et celebraris. Sol a quibus- —
dam gentibus tanquam Deus adoratur. Tempora mutantur, —
et nos mutamur in illis. —
Si non honoratis eos, qui honore
3
digni sunt, ipsi quoque non honoramini. Pastores migran —
tes nomades vocantur. —
Saepe non resalutabar ab illis, quos
salutaveram. — Socrates, summe philosophorum, a multis
vituperabaris, et a multis honorabaris !
—Olim Gallia ab Aqui-
tanis, Celtis et Belgis habitabatur. — Benignissime Deus,
quoties donabamur a te, quem nunquam donabamus!
Quoties, Romani, ab Hannibale superabamini Vites, !
—
4 6
apud priscos, propter magnitudinem, inter arbores numera-
bantur. —Si senes honorabo, ab iis laudabor. —Amaberis ab
omnibus bonis hominibus, si virtutem amabis. — Bonus di&-

1. Consult remarks on this participle, page 183.

2. The preposition a is used before words commencing with a con-
sonant ab before those which begin with a vowel, or with either of the
;

letters h, j (/ not uniformly), r, and *. With regard to abs, the rule is

to employ it only before t and qu ; but even here a is often used for it.
3. Honore digni, " worthy of honour.
,,
Dignus governs the ablative.
4. Apud, *' among.
M Preposition governing the accuaative.
5. Frvpter
4t
%
—
on account of. ,, Inter, " omong." Both prepositioM,
governing the accusative.

Digitized by Google
160 '
BXBRCISE3 ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION.

cipulus a pneceptore laudabitur, piger vituperabitur et cas-

tigabitur. —Si sublevabimus inopes, et ipsi sublevabimur.
—Laudabimini, si —Nunquara honorabun-
laudabiles eritis.

tur qui neminem hondrant.

ii, — Homo a Deo, auctore om-
nium rerum, creatus — Quando Constantinopolis
est. a Tur-
cis expugnata —Prima est mundi
? vocata aurea.aetas est

Csesar a Bruto necatus

aliisque —A Tar-
conjuratis est.

quinio Superbo, ultimo Romanorum rege, templum Jovis

Capitollni —A Pbcenicibus
aedificatum est. ex- variae artes

—Tu,
cogitatae sunt. a Deo
pater, et fratres tui creati estis.

—Cyrus, Romulus Remus pastores educati

et inter sunt.

A Graecis et Romanis diis deabusque multa templa sacrata

sunt.
Romulus, qui a Faustulo pastore educatus erat, cum
multis gentibus bellavit. —A fratribus Josephi dilacerata
est vestis .versicolor, quae a patre ipsi donata erat. —Man-
lius, a quo Capitolium servatum erat, a Romanis postea
damnatus est. —Optimae 1
arbores pomiferae e Graecia, Asia
et Afhca in Italiam deportatae sunt, et ex Italia ad nos
migraverunt. — Iis hominibus, a quibus vita bene collocata
fuerit, aliquando mors jucunda — Homo, a quo Deus
erit. in
hac vita adoratus fuerit, in altera beatissimus erit. —Quum
octo duplicata fuerint, quot numerabuntur —Poma gustabun-
?

tur, si arbores plantatae fuerint. —Lex Solonis erat : oratio,

qua2 laudantur ii, qui in proeliis necati sunt, quotannis,
eodem die recitator. —Nullus hominum, ne bestia quidem,
cruciator. —Seniores, a junioribus honoramini.—Pharaonis,
crudelissimi regis, lex erat : Omnes Hebraeorum pueruli a
matribus ipsis necantor.
Non dubito, quin a discipulis meis amer et honorer.

Ut 3
lauderis, laudabilis esto. —Nemo castigetur, quia pec-
cavit, sed ne4 iterum peccet. —Amabiles simus, ut amemui
1. In hcdxam, " into Italy."
2. Qua, " in which."
3. Ut, " in order that."
4. Ne, " lest," or, in order that he may not, &c.

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 161

—Ut —Diligentes
honoremini, estote honore digni.
1
dis-

cipuli optant, uta amentur

praeceptoribus et laudentur.

Virtutem semper amavi, a probis commendarer. —Te

ut
ignave puer,
castigavi, emendareris. —
ut longa Satis plu-
rimorum hominum bene
vita esset, si tota collocaretur.
Laudaremur, essemus.— Honoraremini,
si laudibiles hon- si

oredigni —Fulvia Ciceroni conjurationem

essetis. Catilinae"

cives Roniani
indicavit, ut —Non quin
servarentur. dubito,
semper a parentibus amatus —Quantopere a Romanis
sim.
bellum amatum sit,
8
nobis omnibus notum est. — Dubito,
pueri, quin bene educati sitis.—Quis dubitat, quin Carthago
a Caesa*e reparata —Quis unquam
sit ? quin dubiiabit, cerasi
a Lucullo e Ponto in ItaUam deportatoe sint —Multi hom- ?

ines ignorant, a quonam —Erravissem semper,

creati sint.
nisi
4
ab amico rectam viam essem
in —Praemia revocatus.
vobis donata —Multi hom-
essent, si diligentiores fuissetis.
ines de multis rebus rectius judicarent, si melius educati
essent. — Cicero non obtruncatus esset, si audacior fuisset.
—Ab aliis laudari satius
5
est, quam a se ipso. —Turpius est
vituperare quam vituperari. —Ager bis vel ter aratus sem-
inatur. —Tigris satiata quoque trucldat. —Leones satiati in-

noxii 8uat. — Vigilatae noctes attenuant corpora juvenum.

JL
Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

Thou, oh lion, art cdlled iylTu, leo, voco ab omnis rex

all the king of quadrupeds. quadrupes.
Hom often were we, when hoys, Quam saepe, puer, a senex
blamed andpunished by our culpo et castigo.
elders.

1. Consult note 3, page 159.

2. Catilina, " of Catiline."
3. Consult note 2, page 153.
4. iVwi, &c., " had I not," &c.
Satius, " bette^.
,,
5.

14*

Digitized by Google
 162 EXERC1SE8 ON THE FIRST CONJUGATION.

Oh Titus, thou wert loved, Titus, tu amo, laudo et aes-

praised, and valued by all timo ab omnis
The dead were burned by the A Romanus cremo mortuus.
Ramans.
Ye will be hanoured by all if Honoro ab omnis si vester
your actions be worthy of factum sum honor dignus.
honour.
A temple has been consecrated Jupiter, deus magnus, tem-
to Jupiter, the greatest of plum sacro.
the gods.
Let the good be praised, the Laudo bonus, culpo et casti-
bad censurcd*and punished. go malus.
Be thou loved, and honoured, Amo, et honoro, et invdco,
and invoked, oh my God, meus Deus, ab ego omnis
by us all

When fifty may have been Quum L. duplico, quot nu-

doubled, how many will ye mero?
count
Love ye all men, in order that Amo omnis homo, ut ab om-
ye may be loved by all. nis amo.
The things that are wished Seepe noxius sum qui ab ego
for by us are often hurtful opto.
All these things were disclosed Omnis hic Cicero indlco.
to Cicero.

We wouU be happier ifgreater Felix sum, si magnus pra-

rewards had been given to mium ego dono.
us.
It is most honourable to be Laudo a laudatus sum ho-
pratsed by one who has norificus.
(himself) been praised.
A certain peace is better than Certus pax bonus sum quam
a hoped-for victory. speratus victoria*

Digitized by Google
 IRREGULAR VERBS OF FIR8T CONJUOATION. 163

LIV. IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.

I. The irregularity of these verbs consists chiefly in their
taking ui instead of avi in the perfect, and itum instead of
dtum in the supine.
II. This peculiarity of ui and Uum makes them resemble
1
verbs of the second conjugation.
II f. The following are examples :

Crepo, crepare, crepui, crepitum, " to make a noise."

Cubo, cubare, cubui, cubitum, " to lie down."
•

Domo, domare, domui, domltum, "totame," "tosubdue"

oono, sonare, sonui, sonitum, "toresound."
Tono, tonare, tonui, tonitum, " to thunder."
Veto, vetare, vetui, vetitum, "toforbid."

IV. Sometimes, however, the t is thrown out from the

supine ; as in-the following :

Eneco, enecare, enecui, enectum, " to kiU."

Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum, " to rub."

Seco, secare, sccui, sectum, «« to cut."

V. The following display a difTerent irregularity, which

assimilates them in the perfect to the third conjugation :

Do, dare, dedi, datum, '* to give."

Sto, stare, st^ti, statum, "tostand."

VI. Circumdo, " to surround pessundo, " to niin ;"

satisdo, " to give security and venundo, " to sell," are

formed like do ; as, circumdare, circumdedi, circumd&tum

pessundiire, satisddre, venund&re. The other compounds
of do belong to the third conjugation ;
as, abdo, abdere, ab-

dtdi, abdltum ; addere, condire, reddere, &c.

I. In fact, however, both these verbs in ut, ttum, and all verbs of
the second, are merely so many branches of the third conjugation. They
appear to have had two stems, the primitive one of the third conjugation,
and a derivative one of the first er second. The irregularity consists in
the tenses formed from these two stcms becoming intermingled. Thus
we have in Ennius, sonunl and sonere ; in Livius Andronicus, nexebant
and even in Virgil, effcrvcre, &c. If we examine the subject in another
point of view, we will find a very close resemblance between cubui and
such a form as cubavi, which is only, in fact, cubaui and a lengthening
of cubui; and so of other instances.

Digitized by Google
164 IRREGULAR VERBS OF FIR8T CONJUGATION.

VII. In general, the compounds of sto have iti in the per-

fect and dtum in the supine, whence the participle future
is in dturus. In the verb prcesto the form prastitum is also
found, though less commonly.
VIII. T?he verb lavo, " to wash," blends the first and third
conjugations ;
as, l&vo, lavare, and lavere, Idvi, lautum, Zd-

tum, and lavdtum.

IX. Neco, " to kill," is regular ; but from it are formed
enico, enecdre, enecdvi, enecatum ; and enecui, enectum. The
participle is usually enectus.
X. The verb expllco^ when it signifies " to explain," has
explicdvi and explicdtum ; but, in the sense of " to unfold,"

it makes explicui, explicitum.

XI. Poto, "io drink," makes the supine potdtum and pd-
tum, whence potus, which is both active and passive
" having been drunk," and " having drunk."

LV. EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST

CONJUGATION.
I.

Translate the following, and mark the deviations, if any,

from the regular forms of the first conjugation.

Graeci et Romani ccenantes cubuerunt. —Quum cubirums

sis, Deum semper roga ut sit defensor tuus. — Nemo hucus-
que lupum domuit.—Alexander, postquam Darlum domuerat
sese non domuit. — Navius,
Attius cotem novacula augur,
—
secuit. Graecorum
Athletae Romanorum, et ante initium
certaminum, corpora —Fortuna homines
oleo fricabant. saepe
magis quam
juvat —Apud Romanos,
ratio. ante praelium,
cornua semper —Quum
sonuerunt. signum tonuerit, est ple-
rumque appropinquantis —Apud nimbi.
lex Gallos, vetuit
duos exuna magistratus
familia —Multi nimio gaudio
creari.
—Auctumnum saturum non semper dat
saepe enecti sunt.
Deus.— Cui be8tiarum imperium Deus homini. 1
dedit ?

1. Bestiarum imperium, u dorainion over beasts."

Digitized by Google
 IRREGULAR VERBS OF FIRST CONJUGATION. 165

Brachia ad laborandum nobis data snnt. —Theophrastus,-

moriens, accusavit naturam, quod cervis et comicibus vi-
tam diuturnam, hominibus tam exiguam dedisset. Cicero —
omnes Romanos eloquentia praestitit, Demosthenes omnes
Graecos. —Multi lavantur sine pelvi.

n.
Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.
He lay down in that aparU In ]
is conclave cubo qui au
ment which was called the reus voco.
golden one.
When about to conquer your Tu ipse domo, Deus oro, ut
own self, entreat God to af- auxilium praesto.
ford aid.

I forbade him to be with me, Veto is ego cum sum, qui ar-
who had divulged the secreU canus vulgo.
Thou, oh Camillus, didst sub- Tu, Camillus, domo Gallus,
due the Gauls, who had qui patria tuus domo !

subdued thy country !

The ancient Romans often Priscus Romanus saepe lavo

bathed and rubbed their et frico corpus.
bodies.

Speech has been given to very Sermo do permultus, sapien-

many, wisdom to few. tia pauci.

God has given to Deus homo do nihil divinus

man nothing
more divine than the mind. quam mens.
Hast thou washed thy hands Lavo ne manus tuus purus
1

withpure water, and rubbed aqua et frico brachiuin

thy arms ? tuum?
Having drunk, hegave the cup Poto, poculum ego do.
to me.

He unfolded to Casar the Res totus Caesar explico.

whole affair.

1. Ne is appended here to the verb as an intercogative, not negative,

particle.

Digitized by
166 DEPONENTS OF FIRST CONJUGATION.

•LVI. DEPONENT VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.

I. Deponent verbs, as has already been reraarked, are
passive in form, but active in meaning.
II. They are called " Deponents" because they lay aside

(deponunt) their passive signification, although having a

passive form.
III. Each of the four conjugations has deponents belong-
ing to it.

LVII. EXERCISES ON DEPONENTS OF THE FIRST CON-

JUGATION.
L
Translate the following, indicate the deponents, and ex-
plain the agreement or government in each clause or phrase.

Bonos malos
imitor, — detestor. AccipTter insidiatur
co-
lumbis. 1
—Minus ea miramur, semper spectamus. —Ul-
quae
ulae et feles muribus,
insidiantur vespertilionibus, gliribus
et —
talpis. Procellariae nidulantur saxosorum
in scopulis
litorum. —Quomodo miserrime, quum
te consoler, religionis
solatium verissimum asperneris ? —Ne verseris cum im-
probis hominibus.— Quis non admiretur splendorem pulchri-
tudinemque virtutis? —Contemplemur solem, lunam, noc-
turnaque sidera, et admiremur veneremurque auctorem eo-
rum. —Augures Romani vaticinabantur e cantu et volatu
avium. —Parentes me semper adhortati sunt, ut fraudem et
malorum hominum consortium —Homo improbus
detestarer.
aliquando cum dolore suorumflagitiorum — recordabitur.
2

Epistolae imitantur sermonem communis. — Num vitae facta

quoque eorum quorum
imitatus es, orationem. imitaberis
Numantinis 3
non
vires corporis —Quosnam
auxiliatae sunt.

ignavi —Non erant

imitati estis, ? sed quas
formlcae, cicadae,
tu,levissime —Saepe
juvenis, imitatus eras. utile est praeter-

itorum malorum —Successus

recordari. improborum faustos

1. Columbis, " for doves."

2. Recordor govems the genitive ; sometimes also the accusative
3. Numantinis, " to the Numantines."

Digitized by Google
 DEPONENTS OF FIRST CONJUGATION. 167

ne admirare. —Venerare Deum, venerare parentes, et quos

parentum loco tibi natura dedit. —Contemplamini coelum
nocturnnm et astra fulgentia. —Miseri et infelices Deum
precantor, ut eos opituletur ; et eos opitulabitur.

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.
/ wondered at many things M ultus in pueritia miror, qui
during boyhood at which I non amplius miror.
will no longer wonder.
I do not doubt but that you Non dubito quin tu duo cum
two are holding converse improbus versor.
with the wicked.
When the hour of death shall Cum mors hora adsum, non
be present, we will no long- amplius jocor.
erjest.
Hope alone consoles us in In res adversus spes solus
misfortunes. ego consolor.
Let the lazy boys not retard Ignavus puer ne moror dili-

the diligent and studious . gens et studiosus.

ones.

The eagle hunts not only after Aquila venor non tantum avis
birds, but also hares. sed etiam lepus.
Foxes lie in wait for hens, Vulpis insidior gallina, lupus
wolves for sheep. ovis.

We Christians worship one Ego Christianus unus ven-

God. eror Deus.
Thou, oh sun, and thou, oh Tu, sol, et tu, luna, semper
moon, always testify the Creator potentia testor.
power of the Creator.
The Romans borrowed certain Romanus quidam lex a Grae-
lawsfrom the Greeks. cus mutuor.
Certain birds imitate the hu~ Quidam avis vox humana im-
man voice. itor.

Digitized by
168 SECOND CONJUGATION.

LVII. SECOND CONJUGATION, ACTIVE VOICE.

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. Supine.
Mdneo, Mdnere, Monui, Monltum, To advise.1
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, advise.

Sing. 1 . Mon-eo, / advise,

2. Mon-es, Thou advisest,
3. Mon-et, He advises ;

Plur. 1. Mon-emus, We advise,

2. Mon-etis, Ye adviseim
3. Mon-ent, Tkey advise.

Imperfect, was advising.

Sing. 1. Mon-ebam, I was advising,
2. Mon-ebas, Thou wast advising,
3. Mon-ebat, He was advising
Plur. 1. Mon-ebamus, We were advising,
2. Mon-ebatis, Ye were advising,
3. Mon-ebant, They were advising.

Aorist, advised.
Sing. L M6n-ui, / advised,
2. Mon-uisti, Tkou didst advise,
3. Mon-uit, He advised
Phr. 1. Mon-ulmus,
-
We advised,
2. Mon-uistis, Ye advised,
3. Mon-uerunt or -uere, They advised.

Perfect, have advised.

Sing. 1. Mon-ui, / have advised,
2. Mon-uisti, Thou hast advised,
3. Mon-uit, He has advised

1. The verb commonly given in the grammars as an example, namely,

doceo, " to teach/' makes the supine doctum by throwing out the t, and
ia,therefore, not well calculated for the intended purpose. Moneo forms
the supine regularly in ttum.

Digitized by Google
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 169

Plur. h Mon-ulmus, We have advised,

2. Mon-uistis, Ye have advised,
3. Mon-ueruntor-uere, They have advised.

Pluperfect, had advised.

Smg. 1. Mon-ueram, I had advised,
2. Mon-ueras, Thou hadst advised,
3. Mon-uerat, He had advised ;
Plur. 1. Mon-ueramus, We had advised9
2. Mon-ueratis, Ye had advised,
3. Mon-uerant, They kad advised.

First Future, shall or will advise.

Sing. 1. Mon-ebo, / shall or will advise,

2. Mon-ebis, Thou shah, &c, advise t
3. Mon-ebit, He shall, &c, advise ;
Plur. 1. Mon-ebimus, We shall, &c., advise,
2. Mon-ebitis, Ye shall, &c, advise,
3. Mon-ebunt, They shall, &c,

Second Future, shall or will have advised.

Sing. \. Mon-uero, / shall or will have advised,

2. Mon-ueris, Thou shalt, &c, have advised,
3. Mon-uerit, He shall, <fec, have advised
Plur. 1. Mon-uenmus, We shall, <fcc, have advised,
2. Mon-ueritis, Ye*shall,&c, have advised,
3. Mon-uerint, They shall, &c, have advised.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present, may advise.

Sing. I. Mon-eam, / may advise,

2. Mon-eas, Thou mayest advise,
3. Mon-eat, He may advise ;

Plur. 1. Mon-eamus, We may advise,

2. Mon-eatis, Ye may advise,
3. Mon-eant, They may advise.
1«

Digitized by Google
170 SECOND CONJUGATION.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should advxse.

Sing. 1. Mon-erem, / might, &c, advise,
2. Mon-eres, Thou mightest, &c, advise,
3. Mon-eret, He might,&c, advise ;
Plur. 1. Mon-eremus, We might, &c, advise,

2. Mon-eretis, Ye might, &c, advise 9

3. Mon-erent, They mighti &c, advise.

Perfect, may have advised.

Sing. 1. Mon-uerim, / may have advised,

2. Mon-ueris, Thou mayest have adviscd,
3. Mon-uerit, He may have advised
Plur. 1. Mon-uerimus, We may have advised,
2. Mon-ueritis, Ye may have advised,
3. Mon-uerint, They may have advised.

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have advised.

Sing. 1. Mon-uissem, / might, &c, have advised,

2. Mon-uisses, Thou mightest, &c, have ad-
vised,

3. Mon-uisset, He might, &c, have advised ,

Plur. I. Mon-uissemus, We might, &c, have advised,
2. Mon-uissetis, Ye &c, have advised,
might,
3. Mon-uissent, They might, &c, have advised

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sing. 2. Mon-e or -eto, Advise thou,
3. Mon-eto, Let him advise ;

Plur. 2. Mon-ete or -etote, Advise ye,

3. Mon-ento, Let them advise.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. and Imp., Mon-ere, To advise.
Perf. and Pltjp., Mon-uisse, To have advised.
First Fut., Esse mon- To be about to advise.
iturus,

Second Fut., Fuisse mon- To have been dbout to advis*.

Iturus

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE SECOND CONJUGATLON. 17 1

PARTICIPLES.
Pres. and Imp., Mon-ens, Advising.
Future, Mon-iturus, a, um, About to advise.

GERUNDS.
Nom. Mon-endum, Advising.
Gen. Mon-endi, Of advising.
Dat. Mon-endo, To advising.
Acc. Mon-endum, Advising.
Abl. Mon-endo, With, &c, advising.

SUPINES.
First, Mon-itum, To advise.
Secondj Mon-Itu, To be advised.

LTIII. EXERCISES ON THE SECOND CONJUGATION, AO

TIVE VOICE.i
L
Translate the following, and mention the tense, number,
person, &c.

Si vales, bene est, ego valeo. —Conatui audaci non sem-

per arridet2 fortuna. —Frontem videmus frondemin capite,
in arbore. — Judices, qui ex lege8 judicatis, legibus obtem-
perare debetis. — Apud priscos Germanos plus boni mores
valebant, quam alibi bonae leges. — Quum parvulus eram,
multa non videbam, quae nunc video. —Cyrus omnium in
exercitu suo militum nomina tenebat. —Romanis 4
cuncta
maria terraeque patebant. —Num cras et perendie habebo,

1. The irregular verbs in this and the remaining conjugations are

best learned from the dictionary. No separate exercises are therefore
given for them, as in the case of irregular verbs of the first, but they
are introduced at once, along with the regular verbs, in the examples
that follow.
2. Arrideo, " to smile upon," " to favour" (i. e., " to smile for," " to
be favourable govems the dative.
3.Ex l€ge y "according to law." More literally, 41 from," i. e., out
of, or in strict accordance with the internal spirit and meaning of, the

4. Romanis, " unto the Romans." Hence the dative with pateo.

Digitized by Google
172 EXEilCISES ON THE 8ECOND CONJCGATION.

quae —
nunc habeo 1 Quid virtus a te postulet, tu videbis.—
Non valebitis, si non modum habebitis in omni re, praeser-

tim in cibo et potu. —Minus habeo quam speravi j at for-

tasse plus speravi, quam debui. —Cnei Pompei, 1

quam mis-
erabilem vitae exitum habuisti !
— Catilina omnibus bonis dis-
plicuit. —Anacharsis, interrogatus quid esset in homine pes-
simum et quid optimum, respondit, " Lingua." —Si paruistis*
parentibus, pueri, quod8 poenam timuistis, laudem nequa-
quam meruistis. —Hodie
vidi, quae nunquam antea videram.

—Quid lumen boreale. Athenienses te, Socrates,

vidisti ? —
qui nemini nocueras, 4 damnaverunt
Epaminondas, qui Thebanorum potentiam incredibiliter
8
auxerat,5 nullam aliam habebat supellectilem, praeter ahe-
num et veru. —Non amplius nos monebunt, quibus non pa-
rueramus. —Lacedaemonii, fortes et robusti eratis, quod cor-
poris vires semper exercueratis !
—Alexander Thebas, quae
diu floruerant, delevit. — Quem seepe frustra monuero, non
amplius monebo. —Si hac Deo
in vita parueris, in altera
beatissimus eris. —Probis hominibus qui placuerit,7 deo quo-
que placebit. —Aliquando imperabitis, pueri, si in juventute
libidines vestras coercueritis. — Arbores, quae vere floruerint,

auctumno nobis poma praebebunt. —Pacem

habe cum ho-
minibus, et bellum cum vitiis.— Pueri, animi facultates ex-
ercete ! —Legibus paretote cives !
— Homo quotidie recorda-
tor, quam multa deo et hominibus debeat.

1.Cnei and Pompei are vocatives from Cnetus Pompeius, where the
e t do not form a diphthong, but each word ends in ius, and, of
and
course, has i in the vocative. The ordinary pronunciation of Cneius and
Pompeius, therefore, as if the vowels in question formed a diphthong, is
thus shown to be erroneous, for the vocatives would then be Cneie and
Pompeie.
2. Pareo, " to obey," i. e., " to yield obedience fo," governs the da-
tive.
3. Quody "because."
4. NoceOy " to injure," i. e., " to do harm to" governs the dative.
5. From augeo.
6. Nominative supellex, " an article of furniture."
7. Placeo, "to please," i. e., " to afford pleasnre to>" governs the da-
tive.

Digitized
 EXERCISES ON THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 173

Frequento scholam, non ut doceam, sed ut praeceptor

doceat. —Amico nihil reticeas.
1
—Homo in omnibus rebus
modum adhibeat. —Moneamus
2
alter alterum. —A nulla re,
3
parentes, magis arceatis liberos, quam a malorum consor
tio.^Deus ita hominum naturam comparavit, ut aliena vitia
melius videant, —
quam sua. Si omnibus mercatura placeret
quis opificia exerceret ? —Si in nos ipsos severiores esse
mus, aliena vitia minus videremus, quam nostra. —Num ovea
tonderetis, agricolae, nisi lanam vobis praeberent —? Incer-
4
tum est, an crastino die habiturus sim, quae nunc habeo.
Non dubito quin puer diligens, et obediens, parentibus et
praeceptoribus suis placiturus sit. —Nautae trans mare mi-
grantes saepe dubitant an parentes denuo visuri sint.
Quantopere memoriam exercuerim mihi soli notum est.

Vobisne notum est quando Mummius deleverit Corinth-

um ? —Quid heri videritis, pueri, mihi narrato. — Historia
narrat, quantum bellum Brutus et Cassius post Caesaris ne-
cem moverint. —Sol oriens hodie nobis magnificentissimum
spectaculum praebuisset, si nubes eum non obscuravissent.
—Bonis placuisse et malis displicuisse morienti solatium
—Avaritia
erit. cupldo plus habendi. — Nos
est insatiabilis
omnes valemus ad nocendum.—Filii solatium patri dolenti

—Nihil habenti
praebento. —Luscinia nihil deest. cantat se-
dens, alauda —Nebulae
volitans. pendentes seren-in vallibus
itatem —Prudentiam omnes, qui cuique
significant. artificio

praesunt, habere debent.

n.
Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

Nothing will terrify the fear- Impavidus nihil terreo.

less man.

1. The
subjunctive is here employed as a softened imperative.
2. Adhibcat, " let," &c. So moneamus, immediately after.
3. Arceatis. Subjunctive for softened imperative.
4. Crastino dic, " to-mor^ow.
,,
Time " when" is put in the ablative
15*

Digitized by Google
174 EXERCISES OS THE 8EC0ND CONJUGATION.

As long as thou wert vpright, Quamdiu bonus sum, Adam-

oh Adam, thou didst please us, placeo Deus.
God.
After death we shall see many Post mors multus video qui
things which we do not now nunc non video.
see.

Many who have been Jirst in Multu8, qui in hic vita pri-
this life, shall hold the last mus sum, in alter ultimus

place in the next. locus obtineo.

That which we ourselves see 9 Is, qui ego ipse video, verus
we hold true. habeo.
Do ye harm to no one. Nemo noceo.
Let the pupil keep silence Discipulus taceo, dum prae-

while the preceptor is i/i- ceptor doceo.

structing.
Let the sick employ an expe- Aegrotus medicus peritus ad-
rienced physician. hibeo.
Thou wouldst be silent if thou Taceo si sapiens sum.
wert wise.
Wicked man, thou dost not Improbus, non cogito quis
consider what termination finis habeo improbitas tuus.
thy wickedness may be go-
ing to have.
How long we may be going to Quamdiu in hic terra maneo
remain on this earth is un- ego incognitus sum.
known to us.

I wish I could have seen to- Utinam hodie video sol ori-
day the rising sun ! ens!
It is disgraceful not to have Turpis sum amicus non ha-
afriend. beo.

The commencement of sinning Initium pecco sum finis fe-

is the end offelicity. licitas.

Blooming trees delight us all. Floreo arbor delecto ego om-

nis.

The pilot sits holding the til- Gubernator sedeo clavus to-

ler. neo.

Digitized by
 SECOND COXJUGATION, PASSIVE VOICE. 175

LIX. SECOND CONJUGATION, PASSIVE VOICE.

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Part.
Moneor, Mdneri, Monitus, To be advised.

INDICATIVE MQOD.
Present Tense am , advised.
-

Sing. 1. Mon-eor, I am advised,

2. Mon-eris or -ere, Thou art advised,
3. Mon-etur, He is advised ;

trlur. 1. Mon-emur, We are advised,

o Mon-emini, Ye are advised,
3. Mon-entur, They are advised.
Imperfect, was advised.
tSing. 1. Mdn-ebar, I was advised,
2. Mon-ebaris or -ebare, Thou wast advised,
o
o. Mon-ebatur, He was advised
PZur. 1. Mon-ebamur, We were advised.
2. Mon-ebamini, Ye were advised,
3. Mon-ebantur, They were advised.

Aorist, was advised.

Sin^. 1. Mon-itus sum or fui, I was advised,
2. Mon-itus es or fuisti, Thou wast advised,
3. Mon-itus est or fuit, He was advised
P/«r. 1. Mon-iti sumus or ful- We were advised,
mus,
2. Mon-Jti estis or fu- Ye were advised,
istis,

3. Mon-iti sunt or fue- They were advised.

runt or fuere,

Perfect, have been advised.

Sing. I. Mon-itus sum or fui, I have been advised,

2. Mon-Itus es or fuisti, Thou hast been advised

3. Mon-itus est or fuit, He has been advised

Digitized by Google
176 SECOND CONJUGATION, PASSIYE VOICE.

Plur. 1 . Mon-iti sumus or fui- We have been advised,

raus,
2. Mon-iti estis or fu- Ye have been advised,
istis,

3. Mon-iti sunt or fue- They have been advtsed.

runt or fuere,

Pluperfect, had been advised.

Sing. 1. Mon-itus eramor fue- I had been advised 9

2. Mon-itus eras or fue- Thou hadst been advised,

ras,

3. Mon-itus erat or fue- He had been advised,

rat,

Plur. 1. Mon-iti eramus or We had been advised,

fueramus,
2. Mon-iti eratis or fue- Ye had been advised,
ratis,

3 Mon-Iti erant or fue- They had been advised.

rant,

First Future, shall or uritt be advised.

Smg. 1. Mon-ebor, I &c,

shall, advised,
2. Mon-eberis or -ebere, TAou &c, advised9
shalt,

3. Mon-ebltur, i/e sAaM, &c, advised

Plur. 1. Mon-ebimur, We shall, &c, advised,
2. Mon-ebimini, Fc sAa/Z, &c, be advised,
3. Mon-ebuntur, Tfoy shall, &c, advised.

Second Future, shall or u»7/ Aave been advised.

Sing. 1. Mon-itus fuero, J sAaZZ, &c, Aaue oeen ad-

2. Mon-Ttus fueris, Thou shalt, &c, Aat>* been

r* advised,
3. Mon-itus fuerit, jffe sAaZJ, &c, Aave been ad-
vised

Digitized by
 SECOND CONJUGATION, PASSIVB VOICE. 177

Plur. 1. Mon-iti fuertmus, We shall, &c, have been ad

vised,

2. Mon-iti fueritis, Ye shall, &c, have been ad-

vised,
3. Mon-iti fuerint, They shall, &c, have been ad-
vised.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present, may be advised.

Sing. 1. Mon-ear, I may be advised,

2. Mon-earis or -eare, Thou mayest be advised,
3. Mon-eatur, He may be advised;
Plur. 1. Mon-eamur, We may be advised,
2. Mon-eamlni, Ye may be advised,
3. Mon-eantur, They may be advised.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should be advised.

Sing. 1 Mon-erer, I might, &c, be advised,
2. Mon-ereris or -erere, Thou mightest, &c, be advised,
3. Mon-eretur, He &c, be advised
might,
Plur. 1. Mon-eremur, We might, &c, be advised,
2. Mon-eremlni, Ye might, &c, be advised,
3. Mon-erentur, They might, &c, be advised.
Perfect, may have been advised.
Sing. 1. Mon-itus sim or fu- I may have been advised,
erim,
2. Mon-itus sis or fue- Thou mayest have been ad-
ris, -
vised,

3. Mon-itus sit or fue- He may have been advised;

rit,

Plur. 1. Mon-Tti slmus or fu- We may have been advised,

erimus,
2. Mon-iti sltis or fue- Ye may have been advised,
rltis,

3. Mon-iti sint or fue- They may have been advised

rint,

Digitized by Google
 ; ;

178 SBC0ND CONJUGATION, PASSIVB VOICE.

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have been advised.

Sing. 1. Mon-itus essem or I might, &c, have been ad-
fuissem, vised,

2. Mon-itus esses or Thou mightest, &c, have been

fuisses, advised,

3. Mon-itus esset or He might, &c, have been

fuisset, advised
Plur. 1. Mon-iti essemusor We might, &c, have been
fuissemus, advised,
2. Mon-iti essetis or Ye might, &c, have been
fuissetis, advised,
3. Mon-iti essent or They might, &c, have been
fuissent, advised.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sing. 2. Mon-ere or -etor, Be thou advised,
3. Mon-etor, Let him be advised
Plur. 2. Mon-emini, Be ye advised,
3. Mon-entor, Let them be advised.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. and Imp., Mon-eri, To be advised.
Perf. and Plup., Esse or fuisse To have been advised.
mon-itus,
Future, Mon-itum iri, To be about to be advised.

PARTICIPLES.
Perfect, Mon-itus, a, um, Advised.
Future, Mon-endus, a, um, To be advised.

LX. EXERCISES ON THE SECOND CONJUGATION, PAS-

SIVE VOICE.
i.

Translate the following, and mention the tense, numbor,

person, &c
Duae urbes potentissimae, Carthago atque Numantia, ab

Digitized by Google
 EXERCISES ON THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 179

eodem Scipione deletae sunt. —Quod tibi suasum fuerit

1
ab
expertis, id tene et serva. —Magistri, a quibus docti estis,
semper honorantor a vobis. — Agricultura olim ab ipsis re-
gibus exercebatur, et ab iis qui civitatibus praeerant.
2
—Dis-
cipuli diligentes, quum fuerint irrlsi ab ignavis, silebunt, et
ignavorum sortem dolebunt. —A pueris animi ex- facultates
ercentor. —Aer commotus — Amari major
est ventus. laus est
quam — Saepe peccavissemus, a peccando pro-
timeri. nisi
hibiti essemus. — Non commovereris miserorum precibus,
3

nisi ipse fuisses miser. — Quoties monitus sim mihi notum

est, at quoties paruerim monentibus amicis mihi ignotum
est. —Nero adeo crudelis erat ut ab omnibus Romanis tim-
— Semper parui quoties monebar. —Si
eretur. stulti erimus,
deridebimur. — Quum docemini, pueri, attenti et obedientes

estote.

A nulla re magis arceantur liberi quam a malorum con-

sortio. —A quonam agricola tonderentur oves, nisi lanam
praeberent —Si moniti fuerimus, obtemperemus monentibus.
?

—In hac probi improbi miscentur,

vita et non mis- in altera
cebuntur. — Minus de rerum causis a sapien-
terrebimini, si
—Monere, piger
tibus docti fueritis. 4
monemini, discipule ;

ne vosmet
pigri discipuli, auctores ipsi sitis miseriae vestrae.
—Ab amicis, a quibus
iis moniti sumus, haud
saepe frustra
amplius monebimur. — Ab Epaminonda Peloplda The- et

banorum potentia incredibiliter aucta est. — Si quid ignoras,

interroga sapientes, et tibi melius respondebitur,5 quam ab
imperitis. — Per totam vitam doceberis, homo, non in schola
sed —Pueri parentes, a quibus
in vita. praecep- educati, et
tores, a quibus docti amanto venerantor. —Moneatur
sunt, et

alter ab altoro. —Tibine notum est, quo anno Veii a Camil-

lo deleti sint?

1. From suadco. Suasum fuerit, taken impersonally, " shall nave

been advised," i. e., shall have been given thee as advice.
2. Praesse isone of the compounds of sum that take the dative.
3. Precibus, " by the prayers."
4. Monere, present imperative. ^

5. Respondcbitur, used impersonally, 44

it will be answered."

Digitized by Google
l80 BXERCISES ON THE 8ECOND CONJUGATION.

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram-

matical, 80 as to suit the English words opposite.

Nero, the most cruel of the Nero, crudelis imperator Ro-

Roman emperors, was fear- manus, ab omnis timeo.
ed by all,

I frequent school, not tkat I Frequento schola, non ut do-

may teach, but that I may ceo, sed ut doceo.
be taugkt.
I will obey as soon as I shall Pareo statim qw eo et
have beenadvised andfully edoceo.
instructed.
Many would be ignorant of Multus multus ignoro, nisi
many things unless they edoceo.
were well instructed.
Children who, having been ad- Liberi, qui, a parens moneo,
monished by their parents, non pareo, poena mereo.
do not obey, deserve pun-
ishment.
Be ye docile, in order that ye Ut doceo, docilis sum.
may be taught.
Athens, which was destroyed Athenae, qui a Persa deleo,
by the Persians, was after- postea reparo.
ward rebuilt.

He who is feared by many, Is qui a multus timeo, multus

fears many. timeo.
Let us be wise, in order that Ne a stultus derideo, sapiens
we may not be derided by sum.
thefoolish.

Sufferings are increased by Dolor augeo impatientia

want of patient endurance.
We are often terrified by the Saepe levis res terreo.

most trifiing things.

The dove is alarmed by the Columba terreo parvus 8trep-
least noise.

Digitized by Google
 DEPONENTS OF THE 8ECOND CONJDGATION. 181

LXI. DEPONENTS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION.

I. The deponents of the second conjugation are com-
paratively few in number.
II. Of these, msdeor, "*to heal," has no participle of its

own, but borrows medicatus. Mereor, "to merit" or " de-

serve," has more commonly merui in the perfect than mer-

itus sum. And, moreover, reor, " to think," has no imper-

fect 8ubjunctive.

LXII. EXERCISES ON DEPONENTS OF THE SECOND

CONJUGATION.
I.

Translate the following, and mention the tense, number,

person, &c.
Reverere Deum et parentes. —Imbecillitatem valetudinis

tuae tuere.
1
— Pueri tuentor Suos
pudorem et candorem. —
quisque debet tueri. — eorum
Deus tuetur
probis favet, res
3
et moderatui, ut pater. —
Specula parantur, ut homines se
ipsos intueantur. —
Nemo cunctam intuens terram de divina
providentia dubitabit. —
Intuemini, homines, coelum noctur-
num, et admiramini majestatem Dei. Quod pollicitus es —
<j a . — Milites patriae fines tueantur.— Cives melius tuebun-
tur patriam, quam milites mercenarii.— Quod pollicitus fuero

semper praestabo.—Carthaginienses Hannibalem revocave-

runt, ut patriam contra Scipionem
tueretur. Mitiorem poe- —
nam merentur, qui scelera fatentur, quam qui diffitentur,—
XJtinam nihil pollicitus esses !— Dubito an latro callidus
3

fassurus sit scelera siia. —Qui in hac terra

4
hominum pau-
perum atque inopum miseritus fuerit, in coelo beatissimus

er it Semper erimus amici ejus viri, qui nos in periculis

tuitus est. — Heraclitus miserebatur omnium qui laeti erant .

1 . From tueor. The present imperative.

Moderatur, " directs" or « guides." This
«ame verb govems the
2.
dative when it signifies
" to set limits to" or " restram.
3. From polliceor. , .
gemUve.
.

4. Misereor, when used personally, governs the

16

Digitized by Google
182 EXERCISES ON DETONENTS.

II.

Convert the following ungrammatical Latin into gram

matical, so as to suit the English words opposite.

All men ought to rcverence Omnis homo virtus revereor

virtue. debeo.
Good princes protect the arts Bonus princeps ars et scien-
and scienccs. tia tueor.

What we may have promised Qui polliceor semper pra?sto

we ought always to perform. debeo.
He will be pardoned when he Condono quum peccatum
shall have confessed his confiteor.

sins.
They will deserve the heaviest Mereor poena gravis, qui na-
punishment who look upon tura pulchritudo intueor,
the beauty of nature and do neque Deus sum 1
confiteor.
not confess that therc is a
Ood.
When Orgetorix offered a Quum Orgetorix liceor, ne-
price, no one dared to bid mo contra liceor audeo.
against him.
May God defend the innocent. Tueor Deus innocens.
Do ye revere the man who is Revereor ille qui semper pa
ever ready for protecting ratus sum ad tueor inops
the needy and wretched. et miser.

JIc offcrcd a price for the Ro- Liceor orbis Romanus.8

man world.
I will confess all things, oh Confiteor omnis, meus Deus ;

my God ; I will promxse. polliceor, si tu ego miser-

if thott wilt pity me, a bet- eor, bonus vita.

ter life.

1. The accusative is here to be employed before the infinitive of sv.nu

2. To be put in the accuaative.

Digitized by Google
 ;; ;;

THIRD CONJUGATION, ACTIVB VOICE. 183

LXII. THIRD CONJUGATION, ACTIVE VOICE.

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf Perf. Ind. Svpine.

Rego, Regere, Rexi, Rectum, 1

To rule.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, rule.

Sing. 1. Reg-o, / rule,

2. Reg-is, Thou rulest,
3. Reg-it, He rules

Plur. 1. Reg-imus, We rule,

2. Reg-itis, Ye rule,

3. Reg-unt, They rule.

Imperfbct, was ruling (action going on).

Sing. 1. Reg-ebam, / was ruling, ,

2. Reg-ebas, Thou wast ruling,

3. Reg-ebat, *
He was ruling
Plur. 1. Reg-ebamus, We were ruling,
2. Reg-ebatis, Ye were ruling,
3. Reg-ebant, They were ruling.

Aorist, ruled or did rule (past time indefinite).

Sing. 1. Rex-i, I ruled,

2. Rex-isti, Thou didst rule,

3. Rex-it, He ruled

Plur. I. Rex-imus, We ruled,

2. Rex-istis, Ye ruled,

3. Rex-erunt or -ere, They ruled.

Sing. h Rex-i, / have ruled,

2. Rex-isti, Thou hast ruled,
3. Rex-it, He has ruled

1. In the ordinary gramm

given as a specimen of the
preferable, since it forms its ]
the perfectof lego is legi.

Digitized by Google
 1

134 THIRD CONJUGATION, ACTIYE YOICE.

Plur. 1. Rex-imus, We have ruled,

2. Rex-istis, Ye have ruled,
3. Rex-erunt or -ere, They have ruled.

Pluperfect, had ruled.

Sing. 1. Rex-eram, I had ruled,

2. Rex-eras, Thou hadst ruled,
3. Rex-erat, Hehadruled;
Plur. 1. Rex-eramus, We had ruled,
2. Rex-eratis, Ye had ruled,
3. Rex-erant, They had ruled.

First Future, shall or urill rule.

Sing. 1. Reg-am, I shall or toiS rtife,

2. Reg-es, TAtfu ^Aafc, &c, rufe,

3. Reg-et, Jfc shall, &c, rufe;
P/ur. 1. Reg-emus, We shcdl, &c., rufe,
2. Reg-etis, F<? $AaW, &c., rule,
3. Reg-ent, TAey sAaZZ, &c, rule.

Second Future, shall or urill have ruled.

Sing. 1. Rex-ero, I shall or wn7Z Aave ruferf,

2. Rex-eris, TAou &c, Aave rufea',

sAafc,
3. Rex-erit, He shall, &c, Aavc ruled;
Plur. 1. Rex-erimus, Wie shall, &c, Aaue rufea*,
2. Rex-eritis, Ye shall, &c, Aave ruled,
3. Rex-erint, TAey sAaZ/, &c, have ruled.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present, may rule.
Sing. 1. Reg-am, I may rule,

2. Reg-as, Thou mayest rule,

3. Reg-at, He may rule ;

Plur. 1. Reg-amus, We may rule,

2. Reg-atis, Ye may rule,
3. Reg-ant, They may rule.

Digitized by Google
 ; ; ;

THIRD CONJUGATION, ACTIVB VOICE. 185

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should rule.

Sing. 1. Reg-erem, / might, &c, rule,

2. Reg-eres, Thou &c, rule,

mightest,
3. Reg-eret, He &c, rule ;
might,
Plur. 1. Reg-eremus, Wemight, &c, rule,
2. Reg-eretis, Ye might, &c, rufe,
3. Reg-erent, They might, &c, rufe.
Perfect, may have ruled.

Sing. 1. Rex-erim, / may have ruled,

2. Rex-eris, - Thou mayest have ruledy
3. Rex-erit, He may have ruled
Plur. 1. Rex-erimus, We may have ruled,
2. Rex-eritis, Ye may have ruled,
3. Rex-erint, They may have ruled.
Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have ruled.

Sing. 1. Rex-issem, I might, &c, have ruled,

2. Rex-isses, Thou &c, have ruled
mightest, %

3. Rex-isset, He might, &c, have ruled

Plur. 1. Rex-issemus, mi^fo, &c, Aave rufetf,
2. Rex-issetis, Ye tfii^A*, &c, have ruled,
3. Rex-issent, T^^y might, &c, Aave rt//eci
IMPERATIVE MOOD. n,

Sing. 2. Reg-e or -Tto, /Sufe *Aom,

3. Reg-ito, Let him rule

Plur. 2. Reg-ite or -Itote, Rule ye,

3. Reg-unto, Let them rule.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present and Imp., Reg-ere, To rule.
Perf. and Plup., Rex-isse, To have ruled.
First Future, Esse rectu- To be about to rulc.

rus,

Second Future, Fuisse rec- To have been about to rule

turus,
16*

Digitized by Google
 —

186 EXERCISES-ON THE THIRD CONJUGATION.

PARTICIPLES.
Pres. and Imp., Regens,
Futurb, Recturus, a,

GERUNDS.
Nom. Reg-endum, Ruling.
Gen. Reg-endi, Of ruling.
DaL Reg-endo, To ruling.
Acc. Reg-eftdum, Ruling.
Abl Reg-endo,

SUPINES. -

First, Rec-tum,
Second, Rec-tu,

LXIII. EXERCISES ON THE THIRD CONJUGATION, AC-

TIVE VOICE.
I.

Translate the following, and mention the tense, number,

person, <fcc.

Cneium Pompeium omnibus qui unquam fuerunt semper

anteposui. 1
—
Romani lugentes2 togam splendidam3 exuebant.
—E duobus malis minus, e duobus neutrum vitiis elige.

Edo utvivam, non vivo edam. — Quid utmi agis, frater?

scribo, ut vides. Quid quod scribis ? id praeceptor dictavit.
—Tibi non nam habebam, de quo ad
scripsi ; nihil te
scriberem. — Subscripsere quidam Lucii Bruti w 4
statuae, uti-

nam viveres — Se ipsum vincere maxima optima

!"
et victoria
—Bis
est. qui se ipsum
vincit — Quidquid vincit. discis, dis-
non
cis tibi, —Quid hodie
praeceptori. scripsimus egistis ?
5

etdidicimus, —Memoriam
quae praeceptor dictavit et docuit.

1 . From antepono.
2. Lugentes, " when mourning."
3. Splendidam, " their bright-coloured." The ordinary colour of the
Roman gown was a bright white.
4. Statuce, " under the statue," the dative governed by the verb sub-
scribo.
6. From ago.

Digitized by Google
 —

EXERCISES ON THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 187

semper exercui ; itaque multa teneo,' quae parvulus didice-

—Omnia
ram. 2 semper
facilius disceretis, discipuli, si attenti

essetis.—Multa non ignave, poenam metu-

didicisses, nisi
isses.—Melius sero discere quam nunquam
est didicisse.
Morbum qui edendo bibendo modum
facile contrahit, in et

excessit. — Sub hiemem grues nos

3
migrabunt relinquent, et
in regiones calidiores.
Quot efficiunt ter deni— Quot ? triginta. efficiunt novies

octogeni? septingentos viginti.— In iis linguis, quas non

intelligimus, surdis similes sumus. — Si dicetis quod verum
est, atque facietis quod honestumest, bene agetis. Dis- —
cipule, quid emisti ? emi chartam, pennas, et atramentum.
— Justus est qui suum cuique tribuit. —
Longe minus pec-
caretis, homines, si didicissetis imperare vobismet ipsis.

Nos Germani olim colebamus plures deos, nunc autem coli-

—
mus unum Deum. Quis dubitat quin Romani plures deos
coluerint — Quamdiu in hac
? terra victuri
4
simus, nobis om-
nibus incognitum —Utinam est. multi aliter vixissent!

Quid quoque die5 laboraverim, dixerim et egerim, litteris8

—
mandabo. Quis dubitat, quin sub hiemem grues nos relic-
turae
7
et in calidiores regiones migraturae sinl? — Sapere 8

praestat —
quam divitem esse. Charta bibula ad scribendum
inutilis est. —
Quando diruistis, Romani, Carthaginem?
Pietas erga Deum postulat, ut nihil ab eo expetas, quod sit

injustum atque inhonestum. —Si omnibus mercatura placeret,

quis agrum coleret, quis opificia exerceret —Undeviginti ?

habebitis, quum viginti subtraxeritis

9
unum. — Salutare con-
silium ne spernatis. — Justitia est constans et perpetua vo-

luntas suum cuique tribuendi. — Fugite, discipuli, ut pestem

1 . Teneo, " I retain" or " remember."

2. From ditco.
3. Sub hiemem, " on the approach of winter."
4. From vivo.
5. Quoque dic, " each day." Time " when" requires the ablative.
6. IAtteris, " to writing. ,,
7. From relinquo.
8. From sajno.
9. FroiP ubtraho.

Digitized by Google
 —

188 EXERCIS